-CITE- 20 USC CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE -HEAD- CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE -MISC1- SUBCHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS PART A - DEFINITIONS Sec. 1001. General definition of institution of higher education. 1002. Definition of institution of higher education for purposes of student assistance programs. 1003. Additional definitions. PART B - ADDITIONAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 1011. Antidiscrimination. 1011a. Protection of student speech and association rights. 1011b. Treatment of territories and territorial student assistance. 1011c. National Advisory Committee on Institutional Quality and Integrity. 1011d. Student representation. 1011e. Financial responsibility of foreign students. 1011f. Disclosures of foreign gifts. 1011g. Application of peer review process. 1011h. Binge drinking on college campuses. 1011i. Drug and alcohol abuse prevention. 1011j. Prior rights and obligations. 1011k. Recovery of payments. PART C - COST OF HIGHER EDUCATION 1015. Improvements in market information and public accountability in higher education. PART D - ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS FOR DELIVERY OF STUDENT FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE 1018. Performance-based organization for delivery of Federal student financial assistance. 1018a. Procurement flexibility. 1018b. Administrative simplification of student aid delivery. SUBCHAPTER II - TEACHER QUALITY ENHANCEMENT PART A - TEACHER QUALITY ENHANCEMENT GRANTS FOR STATES AND PARTNERSHIPS 1021. Purposes; definitions. 1022. State grants. 1023. Partnership grants. 1024. Teacher recruitment grants. 1025. Administrative provisions. 1026. Accountability and evaluation. 1027. Accountability for programs that prepare teachers. 1028. State functions. 1029. General provisions. 1030. Authorization of appropriations. PART B - PREPARING TOMORROW'S TEACHERS TO USE TECHNOLOGY 1041. Purpose and program authority. 1042. Eligibility. 1043. Use of funds. 1044. Authorization of appropriations. SUBCHAPTER III - INSTITUTIONAL AID 1051. Findings and purpose. PART A - STRENGTHENING INSTITUTIONS 1057. Program purpose. 1058. Definitions; eligibility. 1059. Duration of grant. 1059a. Applications. 1059b. Goals for financial management and academic program. 1059c. American Indian tribally controlled colleges and universities. 1059d. Alaska Native and Native Hawaiian-serving institutions. PART B - STRENGTHENING HISTORICALLY BLACK COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES 1060. Findings and purposes. 1061. Definitions. 1062. Grants to institutions. 1063. Allotments to institutions. 1063a. Applications. 1063b. Professional or graduate institutions. 1063c. Reporting and audit requirements. PART C - ENDOWMENT CHALLENGE GRANTS FOR INSTITUTIONS ELIGIBLE FOR ASSISTANCE UNDER PART A OR PART B 1064. Repealed. 1065. Endowment challenge grants. PART D - HISTORICALLY BLACK COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY CAPITAL FINANCING 1066. Findings. 1066a. Definitions. 1066b. Federal insurance for bonds. 1066c. Limitations on Federal insurance for bonds issued by designated bonding authority. 1066d. Authority of Secretary. 1066e. Repealed. 1066f. HBCU Capital Financing Advisory Board. 1066g. Minority business enterprise utilization. PART E - MINORITY SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM SUBPART 1 - MINORITY SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM 1067. Findings. 1067a. Purpose; authority. 1067b. Grant recipient selection. 1067c. Use of funds. 1067d. Omitted. SUBPART 2 - ADMINISTRATIVE AND GENERAL PROVISIONS 1067g. Eligibility for grants. 1067h. Grant application. 1067i. Cross program and cross agency cooperation. 1067j. Administrative provisions. 1067k. Definitions. 1067l. Repealed. PART F - GENERAL PROVISIONS 1068. Applications for assistance. 1068a. Waiver authority and reporting requirement. 1068b. Application review process. 1068c. Cooperative arrangements. 1068d. Assistance to institutions under other programs. 1068e. Limitations. 1068f. Penalties. 1068g. Continuation awards. 1068h. Authorization of appropriations. SUBCHAPTER IV - STUDENT ASSISTANCE PART A - GRANTS TO STUDENTS IN ATTENDANCE AT INSTITUTIONS OF HIGHER EDUCATION 1070. Statement of purpose; program authorization. SUBPART 1 - FEDERAL PELL GRANTS 1070a. Federal Pell Grants: amount and determinations; applications. 1070a-1. Academic competitiveness grants. 1070a-2 to 1070a-6. Repealed. SUBPART 2 - FEDERAL EARLY OUTREACH AND STUDENT SERVICES PROGRAMS DIVISION 1 - FEDERAL TRIO PROGRAMS 1070a-11. Program authority; authorization of appropriations. 1070a-12. Talent search. 1070a-13. Upward bound. 1070a-14. Student support services. 1070a-15. Postbaccalaureate achievement program authority. 1070a-16. Educational opportunity centers. 1070a-17. Staff development activities. 1070a-18. Evaluations and grants for project improvement and dissemination partnership projects. DIVISION 2 - GAINING EARLY AWARENESS AND READINESS FOR UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 1070a-21. Early intervention and college awareness program authorized. 1070a-22. Requirements. 1070a-23. Eligible entity plans. 1070a-24. Early intervention. 1070a-25. Scholarship component. 1070a-26. 21st Century Scholar Certificates. 1070a-27. Evaluation and report. 1070a-28. Authorization of appropriations. DIVISION 3 - ACADEMIC ACHIEVEMENT INCENTIVE SCHOLARSHIPS 1070a-31. Scholarships authorized. 1070a-32. Scholarship program requirements. 1070a-33. Eligibility of scholars. 1070a-34. Student requirements. 1070a-35. Authorization of appropriations. DIVISION 4 - MODEL PROGRAM COMMUNITY PARTNERSHIP AND COUNSELING GRANTS 1070a-41 to 1070a-43. Repealed. DIVISION 5 - PUBLIC INFORMATION 1070a-51 to 1070a-53. Repealed. DIVISION 6 - NATIONAL STUDENT SAVINGS DEMONSTRATION PROGRAM 1070a-61. Repealed. DIVISION 7 - PREELIGIBILITY FORM 1070a-71. Repealed. DIVISION 8 - TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE FOR TEACHERS AND COUNSELORS 1070a-81. Repealed. SUBPART 3 - FEDERAL SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANTS 1070b. Purpose; appropriations authorized. 1070b-1. Amount and duration of grants. 1070b-2. Agreements with institutions; selection of recipients. 1070b-3. Allocation of funds. 1070b-4. Carryover and carryback authority. SUBPART 4 - LEVERAGING EDUCATIONAL ASSISTANCE PARTNERSHIP PROGRAM 1070c. Purpose; appropriations authorized. 1070c-1. Allotment among States. 1070c-2. Applications for leveraging educational assistance partnership programs. 1070c-3. Administration of State programs; judicial review. 1070c-3a. Special leveraging educational assistance partnership program. 1070c-4. "Community service" defined. 1070d to 1070d-1d. Repealed. SUBPART 5 - SPECIAL PROGRAMS FOR STUDENTS WHOSE FAMILIES ARE ENGAGED IN MIGRANT AND SEASONAL FARMWORK 1070d-2. Maintenance and expansion of existing programs. SUBPART 6 - ROBERT C. BYRD HONORS SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM 1070d-31. Statement of purpose. 1070d-32. Repealed. 1070d-33. Scholarships authorized. 1070d-34. Allocation among States. 1070d-35. Agreements. 1070d-36. Eligibility of scholars. 1070d-37. Selection of scholars. 1070d-38. Stipends and scholarship conditions. 1070d-39. Repealed. 1070d-40. Construction of needs provisions. 1070d-41. Authorization of appropriations. SUBPART 7 - CHILD CARE ACCESS MEANS PARENTS IN SCHOOL 1070e. Child care access means parents in school. SUBPART 8 - LEARNING ANYTIME ANYWHERE PARTNERSHIPS 1070f. Findings. 1070f-1. Purpose; program authorized. 1070f-2. Application. 1070f-3. Authorized activities. 1070f-4. Matching requirement. 1070f-5. Peer review. 1070f-6. Authorization of appropriations. SUBPART 9 - TEACH GRANTS 1070g. Definitions. 1070g-1. Program established. 1070g-2. Applications; eligibility. 1070g-3. Program period and funding. PART B - FEDERAL FAMILY EDUCATION LOAN PROGRAM 1071. Statement of purpose; nondiscrimination; and appropriations authorized. 1072. Advances for reserve funds of State and nonprofit private loan insurance programs. 1072a. Federal Student Loan Reserve Fund. 1072b. Agency Operating Fund. 1073. Effects of adequate non-Federal programs. 1074. Scope and duration of Federal loan insurance program. 1075. Limitations on individual federally insured loans and on Federal loan insurance. 1076. Sources of funds. 1077. Eligibility of student borrowers and terms of federally insured student loans. 1077a. Applicable interest rates. 1078. Federal payments to reduce student interest costs. 1078-1. Voluntary flexible agreements with guaranty agencies. 1078-2. Federal PLUS loans. 1078-3. Federal consolidation loans. 1078-4. Commingling of funds. 1078-5. Repealed. 1078-6. Default reduction program. 1078-7. Requirements for disbursement of student loans. 1078-8. Unsubsidized Stafford loans for middle-income borrowers. 1078-9. Repealed. 1078-10. Loan forgiveness for teachers. 1078-11. Loan forgiveness for child care providers. 1079. Certificate of Federal loan insurance - effective date of insurance. 1080. Default of student under Federal loan insurance program. 1080a. Reports to credit bureaus and institutions of higher education. 1081. Insurance fund. 1082. Legal powers and responsibilities. 1083. Student loan information by eligible lenders. 1084. Participation by Federal credit unions in Federal, State, and private student loan insurance programs. 1085. Definitions for student loan insurance program. 1086. Delegation of functions. 1087. Repayment by Secretary of loans of bankrupt, deceased, or disabled borrowers; treatment of borrowers attending schools that fail to provide a refund, attending closed schools, or falsely certified as eligible to borrow. 1087-0. Repealed. 1087-1. Special allowances. 1087-2. Student Loan Marketing Association. 1087-3. Reorganization of Student Loan Marketing Association through formation of Holding Company. 1087-4. Discrimination in secondary markets prohibited. PART C - WILLIAM D. FORD FEDERAL DIRECT LOAN PROGRAM 1087a. Program authority. 1087b. Funds for origination of direct student loans. 1087c. Selection of institutions for participation and origination. 1087d. Agreements with institutions. 1087e. Terms and conditions of loans. 1087f. Contracts. 1087g. Regulatory activities. 1087h. Funds for administrative expenses. 1087i. Authority to sell loans. 1087j. Loan cancellation for teachers. PART D - FEDERAL PERKINS LOANS 1087aa. Appropriations authorized. 1087bb. Allocation of funds. 1087cc. Agreements with institutions of higher education. 1087cc-1. Student loan information by eligible institutions. 1087dd. Terms of loans. 1087ee. Cancellation of loans for certain public service. 1087ff. Distribution of assets from student loan funds. 1087gg. Collection of defaulted loans: Perkins Loan Revolving Fund. 1087hh. General authority of Secretary. 1087ii. Definitions. PART E - NEED ANALYSIS 1087kk. Amount of need. 1087ll. Cost of attendance. 1087mm. Family contribution. 1087nn. Determination of expected family contribution; data elements. 1087oo. Family contribution for dependent students. 1087pp. Family contribution for independent students without dependents other than a spouse. 1087qq. Family contribution for independent students with dependents other than a spouse. 1087rr. Regulations; updated tables. 1087ss. Simplified needs test. 1087tt. Discretion of student financial aid administrators. 1087uu. Disregard of student aid in other Federal programs. 1087uu-1. Native American students. 1087vv. Definitions. PART F - GENERAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO STUDENT ASSISTANCE PROGRAMS 1088. Definitions. 1088a. Clock and credit hour treatment of diploma nursing schools. 1089. Master calendar. 1090. Forms and regulations. 1091. Student eligibility. 1091a. Statute of limitations, and State court judgments. 1091b. Institutional refunds. 1092. Institutional and financial assistance information for students. 1092a. Combined payment plan. 1092b. National Student Loan Data System. 1092c. Simplification of lending process for borrowers. 1092d. Scholarship fraud assessment and awareness activities. 1092e. College access initiative. 1093. Distance education demonstration programs. 1094. Program participation agreements. 1094a. Regulatory relief and improvement. 1094b. Assignment of identification numbers. 1095. Transfer of allotments. 1095a. Wage garnishment requirement. 1096. Administrative expenses. 1096a. Repealed. 1097. Criminal penalties. 1097a. Administrative subpoenas. 1098. Advisory Committee on Student Financial Assistance. 1098a. Regional meetings and negotiated rulemaking. 1098b. Authorization of appropriations for administrative expenses. 1098c. Year 2000 requirements at the Department. 1098d. Procedures for cancellations and deferments for eligible disabled veterans. 1098e. Income-based repayment. 1098f. Deferral of loan repayment following active duty. 1098g. Exemption from State disclosure requirements. PART F-1 - HIGHER EDUCATION RELIEF OPPORTUNITIES FOR STUDENTS 1098aa. Short title; findings; reference. 1098bb. Waiver authority for response to military contingencies and national emergencies. 1098cc. Tuition refunds or credits for members of armed forces. 1098dd. Use of professional judgment. 1098ee. Definitions. 1099. Transferred. PART G - PROGRAM INTEGRITY SUBPART 1 - STATE ROLE 1099a. State responsibilities. SUBPART 2 - ACCREDITING AGENCY RECOGNITION 1099b. Recognition of accrediting agency or association. SUBPART 3 - ELIGIBILITY AND CERTIFICATION PROCEDURES 1099c. Eligibility and certification procedures. 1099c-1. Program review and data. 1099c-2. Review of regulations. PART H - COMPETITIVE LOAN AUCTION PILOT PROGRAM 1099d. Competitive loan auction pilot program. PART I - STRENGTHENING HISTORICALLY BLACK COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES AND OTHER MINORITY-SERVING INSTITUTIONS 1099e. Investment in historically Black colleges and universities and other minority-serving institutions. SUBCHAPTER V - DEVELOPING INSTITUTIONS PART A - HISPANIC-SERVING INSTITUTIONS 1101. Findings; purpose; and program authority. 1101a. Definitions; eligibility. 1101b. Authorized activities. 1101c. Duration of grant. 1101d. Special rule. PART B - GENERAL PROVISIONS 1103. Eligibility; applications. 1103a. Waiver authority and reporting requirement. 1103b. Application review process. 1103c. Cooperative arrangements. 1103d. Assistance to institutions under other programs. 1103e. Limitations. 1103f. Penalties. 1103g. Authorizations of appropriations. SUBCHAPTER VI - INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS PART A - INTERNATIONAL AND FOREIGN LANGUAGE STUDIES 1121. Findings and purposes. 1122. Graduate and undergraduate language and area centers and programs. 1123. Language resource centers. 1124. Undergraduate international studies and foreign language programs. 1125. Research; studies; annual report. 1126. Technological innovation and cooperation for foreign information access. 1127. Selection of certain grant recipients. 1128. Equitable distribution of certain funds. 1128a. American overseas research centers. 1128b. Authorization of appropriations. PART B - BUSINESS AND INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS 1130. Findings and purposes. 1130-1. Centers for international business education. 1130a. Education and training programs. 1130b. Authorization of appropriations. PART C - INSTITUTE FOR INTERNATIONAL PUBLIC POLICY 1131. Minority foreign service professional development program. 1131-1. Institutional development. 1131a. Study abroad program. 1131b. Masters degree in international relations. 1131c. Internships. 1131d. Report. 1131e. Gifts and donations. 1131f. Authorization of appropriations. PART D - GENERAL PROVISIONS 1132. Definitions. 1132-1. Repealed. SUBCHAPTER VII - GRADUATE AND POSTSECONDARY IMPROVEMENT PROGRAMS 1133. Purpose. PART A - GRADUATE EDUCATION PROGRAMS SUBPART 1 - JACOB K. JAVITS FELLOWSHIP PROGRAM 1134. Award of Jacob K. Javits fellowships. 1134a. Allocation of fellowships. 1134b. Stipends. 1134c. Fellowship conditions. 1134d. Authorization of appropriations. SUBPART 2 - GRADUATE ASSISTANCE IN AREAS OF NATIONAL NEED 1135. Grants to academic departments and programs of institutions. 1135a. Institutional eligibility. 1135b. Criteria for applications. 1135c. Awards to graduate students. 1135d. Additional assistance for cost of education. 1135e. Authorization of appropriations. SUBPART 3 - THURGOOD MARSHALL LEGAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY PROGRAM 1136. Legal educational opportunity program. SUBPART 4 - GENERAL PROVISIONS 1137. Administrative provisions for subparts 1, 2, and 3. PART B - FUND FOR THE IMPROVEMENT OF POSTSECONDARY EDUCATION 1138. Fund for the Improvement of Postsecondary Education. 1138a. National Board of the Fund for the Improvement of Postsecondary Education. 1138b. Administrative provisions. 1138c. Special projects. 1138d. Authorization of appropriations. PART C - URBAN COMMUNITY SERVICE 1139. Findings. 1139a. Purpose; program authorized. 1139b. Application for urban community service grants. 1139c. Allowable activities. 1139d. Peer review. 1139e. Disbursement of funds. 1139f. Designation of Urban Grant Institutions. 1139g. Definitions. 1139h. Authorization of appropriations. PART D - DEMONSTRATION PROJECTS TO ENSURE STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES RECEIVE A QUALITY HIGHER EDUCATION 1140. Purposes. 1140a. Grants authorized. 1140b. Applications. 1140c. Rule of construction. 1140d. Authorization of appropriations. PART E - COLLEGE ACCESS CHALLENGE GRANT PROGRAM 1141. College access challenge grant program. SUBCHAPTER VIII - MISCELLANEOUS 1151. Grants to States for workplace and community transition training for incarcerated youth offenders. 1152. Repealed. 1153. Underground Railroad educational and cultural program. 1154. Contract authority. 1155. Connie Lee privatization. -End- -CITE- 20 USC SUBCHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS -HEAD- SUBCHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS -COD- CODIFICATION Title I of the Higher Education Act of 1965, comprising this subchapter, was originally enacted by Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1219, and amended by Pub. L. 90-575, Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1014; Pub. L. 91-230, Apr. 13, 1970, 84 Stat. 121; Pub. L. 92-318, June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 235; Pub. L. 93-29, May 3, 1973, 87 Stat. 30; Pub. L. 93-380, Aug. 21, 1974, 88 Stat. 484; Pub. L. 93-644, Jan. 4, 1975, 88 Stat. 2291; Pub. L. 94-135, Nov. 28, 1975, 89 Stat. 713; Pub. L. 94-482, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2081; Pub. L. 95-43, June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 213; Pub. L. 96-49, Aug. 13, 1979, 93 Stat. 351; Pub. L. 96-96, Oct. 31, 1979, 93 Stat. 729; Pub. L. 96-374, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1367; Pub. L. 97-300, Oct. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1322; Pub. L. 98-524, Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2435; Pub. L. 99-386, Aug. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 821; Pub. L. 99-498, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1268; Pub. L. 100-418, Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1107; Pub. L. 101-305, May 30, 1990, 104 Stat. 253; Pub. L. 101-610, Nov. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 3127; Pub. L. 102-54, June 13, 1991, 105 Stat. 267; Pub. L. 102-325, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 448; Pub. L. 103-208, Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2457. Such title is shown herein, however, as having been added by Pub. L. 105- 244, title I, Sec. 101(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1585, without reference to such intervening amendments because of the extensive revision of the title's provisions by Pub. L. 105-244. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Part A - Definitions 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS Part A - Definitions -HEAD- PART A - DEFINITIONS -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1001 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS Part A - Definitions -HEAD- Sec. 1001. General definition of institution of higher education -STATUTE- (a) Institution of higher education For purposes of this chapter, other than subchapter IV, the term "institution of higher education" means an educational institution in any State that - (1) admits as regular students only persons having a certificate of graduation from a school providing secondary education, or the recognized equivalent of such a certificate; (2) is legally authorized within such State to provide a program of education beyond secondary education; (3) provides an educational program for which the institution awards a bachelor's degree or provides not less than a 2-year program that is acceptable for full credit toward such a degree; (4) is a public or other nonprofit institution; and (5) is accredited by a nationally recognized accrediting agency or association, or if not so accredited, is an institution that has been granted preaccreditation status by such an agency or association that has been recognized by the Secretary for the granting of preaccreditation status, and the Secretary has determined that there is satisfactory assurance that the institution will meet the accreditation standards of such an agency or association within a reasonable time. (b) Additional institutions included For purposes of this chapter, other than subchapter IV, the term "institution of higher education" also includes - (1) any school that provides not less than a 1-year program of training to prepare students for gainful employment in a recognized occupation and that meets the provision of paragraphs (1), (2), (4), and (5) of subsection (a) of this section; and (2) a public or nonprofit private educational institution in any State that, in lieu of the requirement in subsection (a)(1) of this section, admits as regular students persons who are beyond the age of compulsory school attendance in the State in which the institution is located. (c) List of accrediting agencies For purposes of this section and section 1002 of this title, the Secretary shall publish a list of nationally recognized accrediting agencies or associations that the Secretary determines, pursuant to subpart 2 of part G of subchapter IV of this chapter, to be reliable authority as to the quality of the education or training offered. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 101, as added Pub. L. 105-244, title I, Sec. 101(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1585.) -REFTEXT- REFERENCES IN TEXT This chapter, referred to in subsecs. (a) and (b), was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 89-329, as amended, known as the Higher Education Act of 1965. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note below and Tables. Subchapter IV, referred to in subsecs. (a) and (b), was in the original "title IV", meaning title IV of Pub. L. 89-329, as amended, which is classified generally to subchapter IV of this chapter and part C of subchapter I of chapter 34 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note below and Tables. -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS Provisions similar to this section were contained in section 1141(a) of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 105-244. A prior section 1001, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 101, as added Pub. L. 102-325, title I, Sec. 101, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 459, related to purposes of school, college, and university partnership grant program, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105-244. Another prior section 1001, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 101, as added Pub. L. 99-498, title I, Sec. 101, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1278, related to Congressional findings, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102-325. Another prior section 1001, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 101, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title I, Sec. 101(a), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1373, stated Congressional findings with respect to continuing postsecondary education program and planning, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99-498. Another prior section 1001, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 101, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1219; Pub. L. 90-575, title II, Sec. 201, Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1035; Pub. L. 92-318, title I, Sec. 101(a), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 236; Pub. L. 94-482, title I, Sec. 101(a), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2083; Pub. L. 96-49, Sec. 2, Aug. 13, 1979, 93 Stat. 351, authorized appropriations for the community service, continuing education, and lifelong learning program grant programs through fiscal year 1980, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96-374. EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1998 AMENDMENT Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 3, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1585, provided that: "Except as otherwise provided in this Act [see Tables for classification] or the amendments made by this Act, the amendments made by this Act shall take effect on October 1, 1998." EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1992 AMENDMENT Pub. L. 102-325, Sec. 2, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 458, provided that: "Except as otherwise provided in this Act (20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.) [see Tables for classification], the amendments made by this Act shall take effect on October 1, 1992." EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1987 AMENDMENT Pub. L. 100-50, Sec. 27, June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 363, provided that: "The amendments made by this Act [see Short Title of 1987 Amendment note below] shall take effect as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986 [Pub. L. 99-498, see Short Title of 1986 Amendments note below]." EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1986 AMENDMENT Pub. L. 99-498, Sec. 2, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1277, provided that: "Except as otherwise provided in this Act, the amendments made by this Act [see Tables for classification] shall take effect on the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 17, 1986]." EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1980 AMENDMENT Pub. L. 96-374, title XIII, Sec. 1393, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1504, provided that: "(a) Except as provided in subsection (b), this Act and the amendments made by this Act [see Tables for classification] shall take effect on October 1, 1980. "(b)(1) The amendment made by section 301 of this Act to title III of the Act [enacting subchapter III of this chapter] shall take effect October 1, 1981. "(2) The amendment made by section 404(c)(4) of this Act to section 415C(b)(4) of the Act [amending section 1070c-2 of this title] shall be effective October 1, 1979. "(3) The amendment made by section 405 to subpart 4 of part A of title IV of the Act [amending subpart 4 of part A of subchapter IV of this chapter generally] shall take effect October 1, 1981. "(4) The amendments made by part B of title IV of this Act [enacting sections 1077a, 1078-2, 1083a, and 1087-1a of this title and amending sections 1074, 1075, 1077, 1078, 1078-1, 1080, 1082, 1085, 1087-1, and 1087-2 of this title] shall take effect, except as otherwise provided therein, on January 1, 1981, and to the extent such amendments make changes in such part B which affect student loans, such changes shall apply to outstanding loans as well as to loans made after the amendments take effect, except that the amendments made by section 415(b) [amending sections 1077(a)(2)(B) and 1078(b)(1)(E) of this title] shall apply with respect to any loan to cover the cost of instruction for any period of instruction beginning on or after January 1, 1981, to any student borrower who has no outstanding balance of principal or interest on any loan made, insured, or guaranteed under part B of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [part B of subchapter IV of this chapter] on the date on which the borrower enters into the note or other written evidence of the loan. "(5) The amendments made by part D of title IV of this Act [enacting sections 1087cc-1, 1087hh, and 1087ii of this title and amending sections 1087aa to 1087gg of this title] shall apply to loans made under part E of the Act [part D of subchapter IV of this chapter] on or after October 1, 1980. "(6) The amendment made by section 701 of this Act adding section 731 of the Act [former section 1132d of this title] shall apply to loans made under section 731 on or after October 1, 1980." EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1976 AMENDMENT Pub. L. 94-482, title V, Sec. 532, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2241, provided that: "The provisions of this Act [see Tables for classification] and the amendments made by this Act shall take effect 30 days after the date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 12, 1976] except - "(1) as specifically otherwise provided; and "(2) that each amendment made by this Act (not subject to clause (1) of this section) providing for authorization of appropriations shall take effect July 1, 1976." SHORT TITLE OF 2007 AMENDMENT Pub. L. 110-109, Sec. 1, Oct. 31, 2007, 121 Stat. 1028, provided that: "This Act [amending section 1085 of this title and enacting and amending provisions set out as notes under this section] may be cited as the 'Third Higher Education Extension Act of 2007'." Pub. L. 110-84, Sec. 1(a), Sept. 27, 2007, 121 Stat. 784, provided that: "This Act [enacting sections 1070g to 1070g-3, 1098e, 1098f, 1099d, 1099e, and 1141 of this title, amending sections 1070a, 1070a-13, 1077a, 1078, 1078-3, 1085, 1087-1, 1087e, 1087h, 1087dd, 1087ff, 1087oo to 1087tt, and 1087vv of this title, repealing section 1078-9 of this title, enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1070a, 1078, 1078-3, 1087oo, 1087ss, 1087tt, and 1087vv of this title, and amending provisions set out as a note under section 1078 of this title] may be cited as the 'College Cost Reduction and Access Act'." Pub. L. 110-51, Sec. 1, July 31, 2007, 121 Stat. 263, provided that: "This Act [enacting and amending provisions set out as notes under this section] may be cited as the 'Second Higher Education Extension Act of 2007'." Pub. L. 110-44, Sec. 1, July 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 238, provided that: "This Act [enacting and amending provisions set out as notes under this section] may be cited as the 'First Higher Education Extension Act of 2007'." SHORT TITLE OF 2006 AMENDMENT Pub. L. 109-292, Sec. 1, Sept. 30, 2006, 120 Stat. 1340, provided that: "This Act [amending sections 1085, 1087h, 1101a, and 1101c of this title, enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and section 1085 of this title, and amending provisions set out as a note under this section] may be cited as the 'Third Higher Education Extension Act of 2006'." Pub. L. 109-238, Sec. 1, June 30, 2006, 120 Stat. 507, provided that: "This Act [enacting and amending provisions set out as notes under this section] may be cited as the 'Second Higher Education Extension Act of 2006'." Pub. L. 109-212, Sec. 1, Apr. 1, 2006, 120 Stat. 321, provided that: "This Act [enacting and amending provisions set out as notes under this section] may be cited as the 'Higher Education Extension Act of 2006'." Pub. L. 109-171, title VIII, Sec. 8001(a), Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 155, provided that: "This subtitle [subtitle A (Secs. 8001- 8024) of title VIII of Pub. L. 109-171, enacting sections 1070a-1 and 1092e of this title, amending sections 1002, 1071, 1074, 1075, 1077a, 1078 to 1078-3, 1078-6 to 1078-10, 1082, 1085, 1087, 1087-1, 1087e, 1087h, 1087j, 1087dd, 1087ll, 1087oo to 1087ss, 1087vv, 1088, 1091, 1091b, and 1095a of this title, enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1002, 1075, 1078, 1087-1, 1087oo to 1087qq, and 1087ss of this title, and amending provisions set out as a note under section 1078-10 of this title] may be cited as the 'Higher Education Reconciliation Act of 2005'." SHORT TITLE OF 2005 AMENDMENTS Pub. L. 109-150, Sec. 1, Dec. 30, 2005, 119 Stat. 2884, provided that: "This Act [amending section 1087-1 of this title, enacting provisions set out as a note under section 1087-1 of this title, and amending provisions set out as notes under this section and section 1078-10 of this title] may be cited as the 'Second Higher Education Extension Act of 2005'." Pub. L. 109-67, Sec. 1, Sept. 21, 2005, 119 Stat. 2001, provided that: "This Act [amending section 1091b of this title] may be cited as the 'Student Grant Hurricane and Disaster Relief Act'." Pub. L. 109-66, Sec. 1, Sept. 21, 2005, 119 Stat. 1999, provided that: "This Act [amending section 1091b of this title] may be cited as the 'Pell Grant Hurricane and Disaster Relief Act'." SHORT TITLE OF 2004 AMENDMENT Pub. L. 108-409, Sec. 1, Oct. 30, 2004, 118 Stat. 2299, provided that: "This Act [amending sections 1078-10, 1087-1, and 1087j of this title and enacting provisions set out as notes under section 1078-10 of this title] may be cited as the 'Taxpayer-Teacher Protection Act of 2004'." SHORT TITLE OF 2000 AMENDMENTS Pub. L. 106-420, Sec. 1, Nov. 1, 2000, 114 Stat. 1867, provided that: "This Act [enacting section 1092d of this title, amending section 522 of Title 11, Bankruptcy, and enacting provisions set out as notes under section 1092d of this title and section 994 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure] may be cited as the 'College Scholarship Fraud Prevention Act of 2000'." Pub. L. 106-386, div. B, title VI, Sec. 1601(a), Oct. 28, 2000, 114 Stat. 1537, provided that: "This section [amending sections 1092 and 1232g of this title and section 14071 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, and enacting provisions set out as notes under section 1092 of this title and section 14071 of Title 42] may be cited as the 'Campus Sex Crimes Prevention Act'." SHORT TITLE OF 1998 AMENDMENT Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 1(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1581, provided that: "This Act [see Tables for classification] may be cited as the 'Higher Education Amendments of 1998'." SHORT TITLE OF 1997 AMENDMENT Pub. L. 105-78, title VI, Sec. 609(a), Nov. 13, 1997, 111 Stat. 1522, provided in part that: "This section [amending sections 1078- 3, 1087h, 1087oo to 1087qq, and 1087vv of this title and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1078-3 and 1087h of this title] may be cited as the 'Emergency Student Loan Consolidation Act of 1997'." SHORT TITLE OF 1996 AMENDMENT Pub. L. 104-208, div. A, title I, Sec. 101(e) [title VI, Sec. 601], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009-233, 3009-275, provided that: "This title [enacting sections 1087-3, 1087-4, and 1132f-10 of this title, amending sections 1078-3, 1085, and 1087-2 of this title, repealing sections 1087-2, 1087-3, and 1132f to 1132f-9 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1078- 3 and 1087-2 of this title] may be cited as the 'Student Loan Marketing Association Reorganization Act of 1996'." SHORT TITLE OF 1994 AMENDMENT Pub. L. 103-382, title III, Sec. 360B(a), Oct. 20, 1994, 108 Stat. 3969, provided that: "This section [amending section 1092 of this title and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 1092 of this title] may be cited as the 'Equity in Athletics Disclosure Act'." SHORT TITLE OF 1993 AMENDMENTS Pub. L. 103-208, Sec. 1(a), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2457, provided that: "This Act [see Tables for classification] may be cited as the 'Higher Education Technical Amendments of 1993'." Pub. L. 103-66, title IV, Sec. 4011(a), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 341, provided that: "This subtitle [subtitle A (Secs. 4011-4047) of title IV of Pub. L. 103-66, amending sections 1072, 1078, 1078-3, 1078-8, 1085, 1087-2, and 1087a to 1087h of this title, repealing section 1078-1 of this title, omitting sections 1087i and 1087j of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1078, 1078-3, and 1078-8 of this title] may be cited as the 'Student Loan Reform Act of 1993'." SHORT TITLE OF 1992 AMENDMENT Pub. L. 102-325, Sec. 1(a), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 448, provided that: "This Act [see Tables for classification] may be cited as the 'Higher Education Amendments of 1992'." SHORT TITLE OF 1991 AMENDMENT Pub. L. 102-26, Sec. 1(a), Apr. 9, 1991, 105 Stat. 123, provided that: "This Act [enacting section 1211b of this title, amending sections 1078, 1078-1, 1085, 1087ss, 1088, 1091, 1091a, 1092, 1094, and 1141 of this title, enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1070, 1078-1, 1088, and 1091a of this title, amending provisions set out as a note under section 1092 of this title, and repealing provisions set out as a note under section 1088 of this title] may be cited as the 'Higher Education Technical Amendments of 1991'." SHORT TITLE OF 1990 AMENDMENTS Pub. L. 101-542, Sec. 1, Nov. 8, 1990, 104 Stat. 2381, provided that: "This Act [amending sections 1085, 1092, 1094, and 1232g of this title and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and section 1092 of this title] may be cited as the 'Student Right-To-Know and Campus Security Act'." Pub. L. 101-542, title I, Sec. 101, Nov. 8, 1990, 104 Stat. 2381, provided that: "This title [amending section 1092 of this title and enacting provisions set out as notes under section 1092 of this title] may be cited as the 'Student Right-To-Know Act'." Pub. L. 101-542, title II, Sec. 201, Nov. 8, 1990, 104 Stat. 2384, provided that: "This title [amending sections 1092, 1094, and 1232g of this title and enacting provisions set out as notes under section 1092 of this title] may be cited as the 'Crime Awareness and Campus Security Act of 1990'." Pub. L. 101-508, title III, Sec. 3001, Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1388-25, provided that: "This subtitle [subtitle A (Secs. 3001- 3008) of title III of Pub. L. 101-508, amending sections 1078, 1078-1, 1078-7, 1085, 1088, and 1091 of this title and sections 362, 541, and 1328 of Title 11, Bankruptcy, enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1078-7, 1085, and 1088 of this title and sections 362 and 1328 of Title 11, and amending provisions set out as a note under section 1078-1 of this title] may be cited as the 'Student Loan Default Prevention Initiative Act of 1990'." SHORT TITLE OF 1989 AMENDMENT Pub. L. 101-239, title II, Sec. 2001, Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2111, provided that: "This subtitle [subtitle A (Secs. 2001-2009) of title II of Pub. L. 101-239, enacting section 1078-7 of this title, amending sections 1077, 1078, 1078-1, 1078-6, 1082, 1085, 1087dd, 1087tt, 1088, 1092b, and 1094 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1077, 1078, 1078-1, and 1078-6 of this title] may be cited as the 'Student Loan Reconciliation Amendments of 1989'." SHORT TITLE OF 1987 AMENDMENT Pub. L. 100-50, Sec. 1(a), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 335, provided that: "This Act [enacting sections 1059a, 1087tt, 1087uu, 1087uu-1, and 1145d-1 of this title, amending sections 1057, 1058, 1062, 1063a to 1063c, 1065, 1066, 1067, 1069a, 1070a to 1070a-4, 1070a-6, 1070b-3, 1070c-4, 1070d-1b, 1070d-2, 1070e-1, 1070f, 1075, 1077, 1077a, 1078 to 1078-3, 1078-5, 1078-6, 1080a, 1081 to 1083, 1085, 1087-1, 1087-2, 1087d, 1087bb, 1087cc, 1087cc-1, 1087dd, 1087ee, 1087oo to 1087ss, 1087vv, 1088, 1089 to 1091, 1092 to 1092b, 1095, 1096, 1098, 1109 to 1109d, 1111, 1111b, 1111f, 1111g, 1122, 1132a, 1132a-1, 1132d, 1132d-2, 1132g-3, 1132i-1, 1134h to 1134j, 1141, 1145e, 1221e, and 1221e-1 of this title, section 4604 of Title 22, Foreign Relations and Intercourse, and sections 2752, 2753, and 2756 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, enacting provisions set out as notes under section 2752 of Title 42, and amending provisions set out as notes under sections 1011, 1071, 1087dd, 1087kk, 1091, 1121, 1145d, 1221-1, and 1221e-1 of this title and section 2753 of Title 42] may be cited as the 'Higher Education Technical Amendments Act of 1987'." SHORT TITLE OF 1986 AMENDMENTS Pub. L. 99-498, Sec. 1, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1268, provided that: "This Act [see Tables for classification] may be cited as the 'Higher Education Amendments of 1986'." Pub. L. 99-320, Sec. 1, May 23, 1986, 100 Stat. 491, provided: "That this Act [amending sections 1078 and 1080a of this title and a provision set out as a note under section 1072 of this title] may be cited as the 'Student Financial Assistance Technical Corrections Act of 1986'." Pub. L. 99-272, title XVI, Sec. 16001(a), Apr. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 339, provided that: "This title [enacting sections 1078-3, 1080a, and 1091a of this title, amending sections 1072, 1074, 1075, 1077, 1078, 1080, 1082, 1083a, 1085, 1087-1, 1087-2, 1087cc, 1087cc-1, 1087dd, 1087gg, 1089, 1091, and 1094 of this title, enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1072, 1078, and 1078-3 of this title, and amending provisions set out as a note under section 1078 of this title] may be cited as the 'Student Financial Assistance Amendments of 1985'." SHORT TITLE OF 1983 AMENDMENTS Pub. L. 98-95, Sec. 1, Sept. 26, 1983, 97 Stat. 708, provided: "That this Act [enacting section 1065a of this title, amending section 1069c of this title, enacting provisions set out as a note under section 1132a-1 of this title, and amending provisions set out as notes under sections 123 and 1069c of this title] may be cited as the 'Challenge Grant Amendments of 1983'." Pub. L. 98-79, Sec. 1, Aug. 15, 1983, 97 Stat. 476, provided: "That this Act [amending sections 1071, 1077, 1077a, 1078, 1078-2, 1083a, 1087-1, 1087-2, 1087cc-1, and 1098 of this title, repealing section 1087-1a of this title, enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1077, 1077a, 1078, and 1087-1 of this title, and amending provisions set out as notes under sections 1070a, 1078, and 1089 of this title] may be cited as the 'Student Loan Consolidation and Technical Amendments Act of 1983'." SHORT TITLE OF 1982 AMENDMENT Pub. L. 97-301, Sec. 1, Oct. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1400, which provided: "That this Act [amending sections 1070a, 1083a, 1087-2, and 1087cc-1 of this title and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1070a, 1070b-3, 1078, 1087bb, 1089, and 1221e-1 of this title and section 2752 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare] may be cited as the 'Student Financial Assistance Technical Amendments Act of 1982'.", was repealed by Pub. L. 99- 498, title IV, Sec. 408(b), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1495, eff. with respect to any academic year beginning on or after July 1, 1988. SHORT TITLE OF 1981 AMENDMENT Pub. L. 97-35, title V, subtitle B, Sec. 531, Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 450, provided that: "This subtitle [amending sections 1075, 1077, 1077a, 1078, 1078-1, 1078-2, 1087-1, 1087-2, 1087dd, 1089, 1096, and 1232 of this title, repealing section 1087-3a of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under section 1078 of this title] may be cited as the 'Postsecondary Student Assistance Amendments of 1981'." SHORT TITLE OF 1980 AMENDMENT Pub. L. 96-374, Sec. 1, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1367, provided: "That this Act [enacting sections 239a, 1001 to 1005, 1011 to 1015, 1016 to 1019, 1021, 1022, 1029, 1031 to 1034, 1041, 1042, 1047 to 1047j, 1051, 1057 to 1069c, 1070d-1a to 1070d-2, 1077a, 1078-2, 1083a, 1087-1a, 1087cc-1, 1087hh, 1087ii, 1088 to 1098, 1119b to 1119b-5, 1119c to 1119c-2, 1121 to 1127, 1130 to 1132, 1132a to 1132a-1, 1132b to 1132c, 1132d to 1132d-4, 1132e, 1132e-1, 1134d to 1134p, 1135 to 1135a-3, 1136 to 1136d, 1143, 1144a, 1145, 1146, 1221e-1b, 1221e-4, and 3063 to 3065 of this title, section 640c-2 of Title 25, Indians, and sections 2753 and 2756b of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, amending sections 1070 to 1070c-3, 1070d, 1070d-1, 1070e to 1077, 1078, 1078-1, 1079, 1080 to 1083, 1085 to 1087-1, 1087-2, 1087aa to 1087cc, 1087dd to 1087gg, 1101 to 1104, 1119 to 1119a-1, 1133 to 1134c, 1135c-1, 1141, 1142, 1221e, 1226a, 1226c, and 1232 of this title, section 326a of Title 7, Agriculture, section 640c-1 of Title 25, sections 714 and 792 of Title 29, Labor, and sections 2751, 2752, and 2756 of Title 42, repealing sections 511 to 513, 1070c-4, 1070d-3, 1087-4, 1134q to 1134s, 1142a, 1142b, 1145, 1145a, 1145c, 1172 to 1174, 1176, 1177, and 1221d of this title and section 2754 of Title 42, enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 236, 1001, 1119b, and 1221-1 of this title and section 301 of Title 7, and amending provisions set out as notes under section 236 of this title and section 301 of Title 7] may be cited as the 'Education Amendments of 1980'." SHORT TITLE OF 1979 AMENDMENT Pub. L. 96-49, Sec. 1, Aug. 13, 1979, 93 Stat. 351, provided: "That this Act [enacting section 1087gg of this title, amending this section and sections 513, 1021, 1042, 1051, 1070a, 1070b, 1070c, 1070d, 1070d-2, 1070e-1, 1078, 1087-1, 1087aa, 1088, 1101, 1119, 1121, 1132a, 1132b, 1132c, 1132c-4, 1134, 1134e, 1134i, 1134n, 1134r-1, 1135, 1135a, 1136b, 1142b, 1221d, and 1221e of this title, enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1070a, 1087-1, 1087gg, and 1088 of this title, and amending provisions set out as a note under section 1070a of this title] may be cited as the 'Higher Education Technical Amendments of 1979'." SHORT TITLE OF 1978 AMENDMENTS Pub. L. 95-566, Sec. 1, Nov. 1, 1978, 92 Stat. 2402, provided: "That this Act [enacting section 1087-3a of this title, amending sections 1070a, 1070c-2, 1070d-1, 1075, 1077, 1078, 1088 and 1088f of this title, and enacting provisions set out as a note under this section] may be cited as the 'Middle Income Student Assistance Act'." Pub. L. 95-336, Sec. 1, Aug. 4, 1978, 92 Stat. 451, provided: "That this Act [amending section 1070e-1 of this title, sections 1001, 1002, and 1007 of Title 21, Food and Drugs, and former section 246 of Title 38, Veterans' Benefits, and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 1070e-1 of this title] may be cited as the 'Alcohol and Drug Abuse Education Amendments of 1978'." SHORT TITLE OF 1976 AMENDMENTS Pub. L. 94-482, Sec. 1, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2081, provided: "That this Act [see Tables for classification] may be cited as the 'Education Amendments of 1976'." Pub. L. 94-328, Sec. 1, June 30, 1976, 90 Stat. 727, provided: "That this joint resolution [amending sections 1070a, 1074, 1078 and 1078a of this title and enacting provisions set out as notes under section 1226a of this title and section 2756 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare] may be cited as the 'Emergency Technical Provisions Act of 1976'." SHORT TITLE OF 1972 AMENDMENT Pub. L. 92-318, Sec. 1, June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 235, provided: "That this Act [enacting chapter 36 (Sec. 1601 et seq.), chapter 37 (Sec. 1651 et seq.), chapter 38 (Sec. 1681 et seq.), and sections 241aa to 241ff, 887c, 887d, 900 to 900a-5, 1005a, 1021, 1031, 1042, 1070 to 1070e, 1070e-1, 1087-1, 1087-2, 1087aa to 1087ff, 1088d to 1088g, 1119a, 1132a to 1132e-1, 1134 to 1134s, 1135, 1135a, 1135b to 1135c, 1135c-1, 1142a, 1142b, 1144a, 1145a, 1211a, 1221a to 1221h, 1227 of this title, and section 326a of Title 7, Agriculture, and 2756a of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, amending this section and sections 240, 241c, 241e, 331a, 332, 421, 441, 511, 513, 822, 823, 842, 843, 863, 880b-3a, 1003, 1011, 1021, 1022 to 1024, 1027, 1031, 1033, 1041, 1051 to 1056, 1061, 1068, 1070, 1074, 1075, 1077, 1078, 1078a, 1080, 1083, 1084, 1087, 1087a, 1087c, 1088, 1088c, 1091, 1091a to 1091c, 1101, 1102, 1108 to 1111, 1115, 1116, 1118, 1119, 1119a, 1119b-2, 1121, 1129, 1133, 1133a, 1134j, 1136, 1136a, 1136b, 1141, 1176, 1231, 1231a, 1232a, 1232c, 1242, 1244, 1248, 1302, 1321 to 1323, 1341, 1352, 1371, 1391, and 1412 of this title, and sections 329, 331, 343, 349, 361, and 1626 of Title 7, sections 24, 84, 1464, and 1757 of Title 12, Banks and Banking, sections 203 and 213 of Title 29, Labor, and sections 2751, 2752, and 2754 of Title 42, repealing sections 1, 2, 426, 711 to 721, 731, 732, 746, 1021, 1031, 1032, 1060, 1118, 1119a, 1119b- 2, and 1119c-4 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and sections 241a, 241e, 241aa, 331a, 425, 821, 887d, 1005a, 1009, 1070, 1070e, 1074, 1075, 1087-2, 1087aa, 1091a, 1132a, 1132c-3, 1135c, 1231, and 1232 of this title, sections 301 and 326a of Title 7, and section 3501 of Title 42] may be cited as the 'Education Amendments of 1972'." SHORT TITLE OF 1968 AMENDMENT Pub. L. 90-575, Sec. 1, Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1014, provided: "That this Act [enacting sections 451 to 455, 746, 1056, 1060, 1087, 1087a to 1087c, 1088 to 1088c, 1089, 1119a-1, 1129a, 1133 to 1133b, 1134 to 1134l, 1135, 1135a, 1135b, 1135c, 1136 to 1136b, 1145, 1146 to 1150 of this title, amending this section and sections 403, 421 to 425, 425 note, 426, 441 to 445, 462 to 464, 481 to 484, 511, 513, 562, 581, 584, 588, 591, 711, 713 to 718, 731, 732, 743, 751, 758, 961, 1005, 1006, 1021 to 1024, 1031, 1033, 1041, 1051, 1061, 1062, 1065 to 1068, 1071 to 1075, 1077, 1078, 1080, 1083 to 1086, 1091c, 1101, 1104, 1108 to 1111, 1113, 1114, 1115, 1118, 1119a, 1119b-2, 1121, 1124, 1125, 1141, 1142, 1143, 1144 and 1176 of this title, section 1464 of Title 12, Banks and Banking, and sections 2741, 2751 to 2756, and 2809 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, repealing sections 733, 981 to 996 of this title, and section 2757 of Title 42, and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and sections 423 to 425, 445, 462 to 464, 588, 713, 716 to 718, 743, 751, 981, 1006, 1022, 1024, 1051, 1056, 1060, 1067, 1071, 1077, 1078, 1083, 1088b, and 1109 of this title, and sections 2751, 2753, 2754, and 2809 of Title 42] may be cited as the 'Higher Education Amendments of 1968'." SHORT TITLE OF 1966 AMENDMENT Pub. L. 89-752, Sec. 1, Nov. 3, 1966, 80 Stat. 1240, provided: "That this Act [enacting section 1086 of this title, amending sections 403, 421, 425, 441, 443, 711-715, 731, 743, 744, 751, 1022, 1051, 1072, 1121, and 1124 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 403, 443, 1022, 1071, and 1124 of this title] may be cited as the 'Higher Education Amendments of 1966'." SHORT TITLE Pub. L. 89-329, Sec. 1, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1219, provided: "That this Act [enacting this chapter and section 2757 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, and amending sections 403, 424, 425, 441, 443, 591, 711, 713 to 717, 731, and 751 of this title, and sections 2751 to 2756, and 2761 of Title 42] may be cited as the 'Higher Education Act of 1965'." Pub. L. 89-329, title V, Sec. 509, as added by Pub. L. 90-35, Sec. 8, provided that title V of Pub. L. 89-329 could be cited as the "Education Professions Development Act", prior to the general amendment of title V of Pub. L. 89-329 by Pub. L. 99-498, title V, Sec. 501(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1495. For short title of section 1092(f) of this title as the Jeanne Clery Disclosure of Campus Security Policy and Campus Crime Statistics Act, see section 1092(f)(15) of this title. HIGHER EDUCATION EXTENSION Pub. L. 109-81, Sept. 30, 2005, 119 Stat. 2048, as amended by Pub. L. 109-150, Sec. 2(a), Dec. 30, 2005, 119 Stat. 2884; Pub. L. 109-212, Sec. 2, Apr. 1, 2006, 120 Stat. 321; Pub. L. 109-238, Sec. 2, June 30, 2006, 120 Stat. 507; Pub. L. 109-292, Sec. 2, Sept. 30, 2006, 120 Stat. 1340; Pub. L. 110-44, Sec. 2, July 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 238; Pub. L. 110-51, Sec. 2, July 31, 2007, 121 Stat. 263; Pub. L. 110-109, Sec. 2, Oct. 31, 2007, 121 Stat. 1028, provided that: "SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE. "This Act may be cited as the 'Higher Education Extension Act of 2005'. "SEC. 2. EXTENSION OF PROGRAMS. "(a) Extension of Duration. - The authorization of appropriations for, and the duration of, each program authorized under the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.) shall be extended through March 31, 2008. "(b) Performance of Required and Authorized Functions. - If the Secretary of Education, a State, an institution of higher education, a guaranty agency, a lender, or another person or entity - "(1) is required, in or for fiscal year 2004, to carry out certain acts or make certain determinations or payments under a program under the Higher Education Act of 1965, such acts, determinations, or payments shall be required to be carried out, made, or continued during the period of the extension under this section; or "(2) is permitted or authorized, in or for fiscal year 2004, to carry out certain acts or make certain determinations or payments under a program under the Higher Education Act of 1965, such acts, determinations, or payments are permitted or authorized to be carried out, made, or continued during the period of the extension under this section. "(c) Extension at Current Levels. - The amount authorized to be appropriated for a program described in subsection (a) during the period of extension under this section shall be the amount authorized to be appropriated for such program for fiscal year 2004, or the amount appropriated for such program for such fiscal year, whichever is greater. Except as provided in any amendment to the Higher Education Act of 1965 enacted during fiscal year 2005 or 2006, the amount of any payment required or authorized under subsection (b) in or for the period of the extension under this section shall be determined in the same manner as the amount of the corresponding payment required or authorized in or for fiscal year 2004. "(d) Advisory Committees and Other Entities Continued. - Any advisory committee, interagency organization, or other entity that was, during fiscal year 2004, authorized or required to perform any function under the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.), or in relation to programs under that Act, shall continue to exist and is authorized or required, respectively, to perform such function for the period of the extension under this section. "(e) Additional Extension not Permitted. - Section 422 of the General Education Provisions Act (20 U.S.C. 1226a) shall not apply to further extend the authorization of appropriations for any program described in subsection (a) on the basis of the extension of such program under this section. "(f) Exception. - The programs described in subsection (a) for which the authorization of appropriations, or the duration of which, is extended by this section include provisions applicable to institutions in, and students in or from, the Freely Associated States, except that those provisions shall be applicable with respect to institutions in, and students in or from, the Federated States of Micronesia and the Republic of the Marshall Islands only to the extent specified in Public Law 108-188 [48 U.S.C. 1921 et seq.]." [Pub. L. 110-109, Sec. 3, Oct. 31, 2007, 121 Stat. 1028, provided that: "Nothing in this Act [see Short Title of 2007 Amendment note above], or in the Higher Education Extension Act of 2005 [Pub. L. 109-81, set out above] as amended by this Act, shall be construed to limit or otherwise alter the authorizations of appropriations for, or the durations of, programs contained in the amendments made by the Higher Education Reconciliation Act of 2005 (Public Law 109- 171) [see Short Title of 2006 Amendment note above] or by the College Cost Reduction and Access Act (Public Law 110-84) [see Short Title of 2007 Amendment note above] to the provisions of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.] and the Taxpayer-Teacher Protection Act of 2004 [see Short Title of 2004 Amendment note above]."] [Pub. L. 110-51, Sec. 3, July 31, 2007, 121 Stat. 263, provided that: "Nothing in this Act [see Short Title of 2007 Amendment note above], or in the Higher Education Extension Act of 2005 [Pub. L. 109-81, set out above] as amended by this Act, shall be construed to limit or otherwise alter the authorizations of appropriations for, or the durations of, programs contained in the amendments made by the Higher Education Reconciliation Act of 2005 (Public Law 109- 171) [see Short Title of 2006 Amendment note above] to the provisions of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.] and the Taxpayer-Teacher Protection Act of 2004 [see Short Title of 2004 Amendment note above]."] [Pub. L. 110-44, Sec. 3, July 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 238, provided that: "Nothing in this Act [see Short Title of 2007 Amendment note above], or in the Higher Education Extension Act of 2005 [Pub. L. 109-81, set out above] as amended by this Act, shall be construed to limit or otherwise alter the authorizations of appropriations for, or the durations of, programs contained in the amendments made by the Higher Education Reconciliation Act of 2005 (Public Law 109- 171) [see Short Title of 2006 Amendment note above] to the provisions of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.] and the Taxpayer-Teacher Protection Act of 2004 [see Short Title of 2004 Amendment note above]."] [Pub. L. 109-292, Sec. 7, Sept. 30, 2006, 120 Stat. 1343, provided that: "Nothing in this Act [see Short Title of 2006 Amendment note above], or in the Higher Education Extension Act of 2005 [Pub. L. 109-81, set out above] as amended by this Act, shall be construed to limit or otherwise alter the authorizations of appropriations for, or the durations of, programs contained in the amendments made by the Higher Education Reconciliation Act of 2005 (P.L. 109-171) [see Short Title of 2006 Amendment note above] to the provisions of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.] and the Taxpayer-Teacher Protection Act of 2004 [see Short Title of 2004 Amendment note above]."] [Pub. L. 109-238, Sec. 3, June 30, 2006, 120 Stat. 507, provided that: "Nothing in this Act [see Short Title of 2006 Amendment note above], or in the Higher Education Extension Act of 2005 [Pub. L. 109-81, set out above] as amended by this Act, shall be construed to limit or otherwise alter the authorizations of appropriations for, or the durations of, programs contained in the amendments made by the Higher Education Reconciliation Act of 2005 (Public Law 109- 171) [see Short Title of 2006 Amendment note above] to the provisions of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.] and the Taxpayer-Teacher Protection Act of 2004 [see Short Title of 2004 Amendment note above]."] [Pub. L. 109-212, Sec. 3, Apr. 1, 2006, 120 Stat. 321, provided that: "Nothing in this Act [see Short Title of 2006 Amendment note above], or in the Higher Education Extension Act of 2005 [Pub. L. 109-81, set out above] as amended by this Act, shall be construed to limit or otherwise alter the authorizations of appropriations for, or the durations of, programs contained in the amendments made by the Higher Education Reconciliation Act of 2005 (Public Law 109- 171) [see Short Title of 2006 Amendment note above] to the provisions of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.] and the Taxpayer-Teacher Protection Act of 2004 [see Short Title of 2004 Amendment note above]."] Similar provisions were contained in Pub. L. 108-366, Oct. 25, 2004, 118 Stat. 1741. STUDY OF OPPORTUNITIES FOR PARTICIPATION IN ATHLETICS PROGRAMS Pub. L. 105-244, title VIII, Sec. 805, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1807, required the Comptroller General to conduct a study of the opportunities for participation in intercollegiate athletics and to submit a report on the study to committees of Congress. STYLISTIC CONSISTENCY Pub. L. 103-208, Sec. 2(m), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2486, provided that: "The Act [Pub. L. 89-329, see Short Title note above] is amended so that the section designation and section heading of each section of the Act shall be in the form and typeface of the section designation and heading of this section [107 Stat. 2457]." TERMS DEFINED FOR PURPOSES OF TITLES XIII, XIV, AND XV OF PUB. L. 102-325 Pub. L. 102-325, Sec. 1(c), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 448, as amended by Pub. L. 105-244, title I, Sec. 102(a)(6)(A), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1618, provided that: "Unless otherwise provided therein, terms used in titles XIII, XIV, and XV [enacting sections 1145h and 4426 of this title, sections 3301 to 3371 of Title 25, Indians, and sections 2401 to 2405 of Title 29, Labor, amending sections 1221e-1, 1232g, 3412, 4412, 4414, 4416, 4417, 4418, 4421, 4422, 4423, 4424, 4425, 5381, and 5411 of this title, section 5315 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, sections 4604 and 4609 of Title 22, Foreign Relations and Intercourse, sections 640c-1, 1810, 1836, and 1852 of Title 25, and sections 295g-8 and 12576 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 1070, 1070a-11, 1070a- 21, 1071, 1080, 1088, 1101, 1132a, 1134, 1221-1, 1221e, 1232g, 1452, and 9003 of this title, amending provisions set out as a note under section 1091a of this title, and repealing provisions set out as a note under section 362 of Title 11, Bankruptcy] shall have the same meaning given to such terms in section 101 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [this section]." GENERAL PROVISIONS OF 1972 AMENDMENT Pub. L. 92-318, Sec. 2, June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 236, provided that: "(a) As used in this Act [See Short Title of 1972 Amendment note above] - "(1) the term 'Secretary' means the Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare [now Secretary of Education]; and "(2) the term 'Commissioner' means the Commissioner of Education [now Secretary of Education]; unless the context requires another meaning. "(b) Unless otherwise specified, the redesignation of a section, subsection, or other designation by any amendment in this Act shall include the redesignation of any reference to such section, subsection, or other designation in any Act or regulation, however styled. "(c)(1) Unless otherwise specified, each provision of this Act and each amendment made by this Act shall be effective after June 30, 1972, and with respect to appropriations for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1973, and succeeding fiscal years. "(2) Unless otherwise specified, in any case where an amendment made by this Act is to become effective after a date set herein, it shall be effective with the beginning of the day which immediately follows the date after which such amendment is effective. "(3) In any case where the effective date for an amendment made by this Act is expressly stated to be effective after June 30, 1971, such amendment shall be deemed to have been enacted on July 1, 1971." RULEMAKING REQUIREMENTS; PUBLICATION IN FEDERAL REGISTER Pub. L. 90-575, title V, Sec. 505, Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1063, provided for publication of rules and regulations in Federal Register, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 91-230, title IV, Sec. 401(e)(2), Apr. 13, 1970, 84 Stat. 173. PRESIDENTIAL RECOMMENDATIONS BY DECEMBER 31, 1969, WITH RESPECT TO POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION FOR ALL Pub. L. 90-575, title V, Sec. 508, Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1063, authorized the President, on or before Dec. 31, 1969, to submit to the Congress proposals relative to the feasibility of making available a post-secondary education to all young Americans who qualify and seek it. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1002 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS Part A - Definitions -HEAD- Sec. 1002. Definition of institution of higher education for purposes of student assistance programs -STATUTE- (a) Definition of institution of higher education for purposes of student assistance programs (1) Inclusion of additional institutions Subject to paragraphs (2) through (4) of this subsection, the term "institution of higher education" for purposes of subchapter IV of this chapter and part C of subchapter I of chapter 34 of title 42 includes, in addition to the institutions covered by the definition in section 1001 of this title - (A) a proprietary institution of higher education (as defined in subsection (b) of this section); (B) a postsecondary vocational institution (as defined in subsection (c) of this section); and (C) only for the purposes of part B of subchapter IV of this chapter, an institution outside the United States that is comparable to an institution of higher education as defined in section 1001 of this title and that has been approved by the Secretary for the purpose of part B of subchapter IV of this chapter. (2) Institutions outside the United States (A) In general For the purpose of qualifying as an institution under paragraph (1)(C), the Secretary shall establish criteria by regulation for the approval of institutions outside the United States and for the determination that such institutions are comparable to an institution of higher education as defined in section 1001 of this title (except that a graduate medical school, or a veterinary school, located outside the United States shall not be required to meet the requirements of section 1001(a)(4) of this title). Such criteria shall include a requirement that a student attending such school outside the United States is ineligible for loans made, insured, or guaranteed under part B of subchapter IV of this chapter unless - (i) in the case of a graduate medical school located outside the United States - (I)(aa) at least 60 percent of those enrolled in, and at least 60 percent of the graduates of, the graduate medical school outside the United States were not persons described in section 1091(a)(5) of this title in the year preceding the year for which a student is seeking a loan under part B of subchapter IV of this chapter; and (bb) at least 60 percent of the individuals who were students or graduates of the graduate medical school outside the United States or Canada (both nationals of the United States and others) taking the examinations administered by the Educational Commission for Foreign Medical Graduates received a passing score in the year preceding the year for which a student is seeking a loan under part B of subchapter IV of this chapter; or (II) the institution has a clinical training program that was approved by a State as of January 1, 1992; or (ii) in the case of a veterinary school located outside the United States that does not meet the requirements of section 1001(a)(4) of this title, the institution's students complete their clinical training at an approved veterinary school located in the United States. (B) Advisory panel (i) In general For the purpose of qualifying as an institution under paragraph (1)(C) of this subsection, the Secretary shall establish an advisory panel of medical experts that shall - (I) evaluate the standards of accreditation applied to applicant foreign medical schools; and (II) determine the comparability of those standards to standards for accreditation applied to United States medical schools. (ii) Special rule If the accreditation standards described in clause (i) are determined not to be comparable, the foreign medical school shall be required to meet the requirements of section 1001 of this title. (C) Failure to release information The failure of an institution outside the United States to provide, release, or authorize release to the Secretary of such information as may be required by subparagraph (A) shall render such institution ineligible for the purpose of part B of subchapter IV of this chapter. (D) Special rule If, pursuant to this paragraph, an institution loses eligibility to participate in the programs under subchapter IV of this chapter and part C of subchapter I of chapter 34 of title 42, then a student enrolled at such institution may, notwithstanding such loss of eligibility, continue to be eligible to receive a loan under part B (!1) while attending such institution for the academic year succeeding the academic year in which such loss of eligibility occurred. (3) Limitations based on course of study or enrollment An institution shall not be considered to meet the definition of an institution of higher education in paragraph (1) if such institution - (A) offers more than 50 percent of such institution's courses by correspondence (excluding courses offered by telecommunications as defined in section 1091(l)(4) of this title), unless the institution is an institution that meets the definition in section 2302(3)(C) of this title; (B) enrolls 50 percent or more of the institution's students in correspondence courses (excluding courses offered by telecommunications as defined in section 1091(l)(4) of this title), unless the institution is an institution that meets the definition in such section, except that the Secretary, at the request of such institution, may waive the applicability of this subparagraph to such institution for good cause, as determined by the Secretary in the case of an institution of higher education that provides a 2- or 4-year program of instruction (or both) for which the institution awards an associate or baccalaureate degree, respectively; (C) has a student enrollment in which more than 25 percent of the students are incarcerated, except that the Secretary may waive the limitation contained in this subparagraph for a nonprofit institution that provides a 2- or 4-year program of instruction (or both) for which the institution awards a bachelor's degree, or an associate's degree or a postsecondary diploma, respectively; or (D) has a student enrollment in which more than 50 percent of the students do not have a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent, and does not provide a 2- or 4-year program of instruction (or both) for which the institution awards a bachelor's degree or an associate's degree, respectively, except that the Secretary may waive the limitation contained in this subparagraph if a nonprofit institution demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Secretary that the institution exceeds such limitation because the institution serves, through contracts with Federal, State, or local government agencies, significant numbers of students who do not have a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent. (4) Limitations based on management An institution shall not be considered to meet the definition of an institution of higher education in paragraph (1) if - (A) the institution, or an affiliate of the institution that has the power, by contract or ownership interest, to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of the institution, has filed for bankruptcy, except that this paragraph shall not apply to a nonprofit institution, the primary function of which is to provide health care educational services (or an affiliate of such an institution that has the power, by contract or ownership interest, to direct or cause the direction of the institution's management or policies) that files for bankruptcy under chapter 11 of title 11 between July 1, 1998, and December 1, 1998; or (B) the institution, the institution's owner, or the institution's chief executive officer has been convicted of, or has pled nolo contendere or guilty to, a crime involving the acquisition, use, or expenditure of funds under subchapter IV of this chapter and part C of subchapter I of chapter 34 of title 42, or has been judicially determined to have committed fraud involving funds under subchapter IV of this chapter and part C of subchapter I of chapter 34 of title 42. (5) Certification The Secretary shall certify an institution's qualification as an institution of higher education in accordance with the requirements of subpart 3 of part G of subchapter IV of this chapter. (6) Loss of eligibility An institution of higher education shall not be considered to meet the definition of an institution of higher education in paragraph (1) if such institution is removed from eligibility for funds under subchapter IV of this chapter and part C of subchapter I of chapter 34 of title 42 as a result of an action pursuant to part G of subchapter IV of this chapter. (b) Proprietary institution of higher education (1) Principal criteria For the purpose of this section, the term "proprietary institution of higher education" means a school that - (A) provides an eligible program of training to prepare students for gainful employment in a recognized occupation; (B) meets the requirements of paragraphs (1) and (2) of section 1001(a) of this title; (C) does not meet the requirement of paragraph (4) of section 1001(a) of this title; (D) is accredited by a nationally recognized accrediting agency or association recognized by the Secretary pursuant to part G of subchapter IV of this chapter; (E) has been in existence for at least 2 years; and (F) has at least 10 percent of the school's revenues from sources that are not derived from funds provided under subchapter IV of this chapter and part C of subchapter I of chapter 34 of title 42, as determined in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary. (2) Additional institutions The term "proprietary institution of higher education" also includes a proprietary educational institution in any State that, in lieu of the requirement in paragraph (1) of section 1001(a) of this title, admits as regular students persons who are beyond the age of compulsory school attendance in the State in which the institution is located. (c) Postsecondary vocational institution (1) Principal criteria For the purpose of this section, the term "postsecondary vocational institution" means a school that - (A) provides an eligible program of training to prepare students for gainful employment in a recognized occupation; (B) meets the requirements of paragraphs (1), (2), (4), and (5) of section 1001(a) of this title; and (C) has been in existence for at least 2 years. (2) Additional institutions The term "postsecondary vocational institution" also includes an educational institution in any State that, in lieu of the requirement in paragraph (1) of section 1001(a) of this title, admits as regular students persons who are beyond the age of compulsory school attendance in the State in which the institution is located. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 102, as added Pub. L. 105-244, title I, Sec. 101(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1586; amended Pub. L. 108- 98, Sec. 1(a), Oct. 10, 2003, 117 Stat. 1174; Pub. L. 109-171, title VIII, Sec. 8002, Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 155; Pub. L. 109- 270, Sec. 2(c)(1), Aug. 12, 2006, 120 Stat. 746.) -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS Provisions similar to this section were contained in section 1088(a) to (c) of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 105-244. A prior section 1002, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 102, as added Pub. L. 102-325, title I, Sec. 101, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 459, related to partnership agreements required for grant eligibility, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105- 244. Another prior section 1002, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 102, as added Pub. L. 99-498, title I, Sec. 101, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1278, defined terms "continuing education", "adult learner", "eligible institution", and "qualified entity", prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102-325. Another prior section 1002, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 102, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title I, Sec. 101(a), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1374, provided for establishment of Commission on National Development in Postsecondary Education, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99-498. Another prior section 1002, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 102, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1219; Pub. L. 94-482, title I, Sec. 101(b)(1), (g)(2), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2083, 2086, defined the terms "community service program", "continuing education program", and "resource materials sharing programs", prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96-374. AMENDMENTS 2006 - Subsec. (a)(3)(A). Pub. L. 109-270 substituted "2302(3)(C) of this title" for "2471(4)(C) of this title". Pub. L. 109-171, Sec. 8002(1), inserted "(excluding courses offered by telecommunications as defined in section 1091(l)(4) of this title)" after "courses by correspondence". Subsec. (a)(3)(B). Pub. L. 109-171, Sec. 8002(2), inserted "(excluding courses offered by telecommunications as defined in section 1091(l)(4) of this title)" after "correspondence courses". 2003 - Subsec. (a)(2)(A). Pub. L. 108-98 amended subpar. (A) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (A) required the Secretary to establish criteria for approval of institutions outside the United States for purposes of par. (1)(C), including certain requirements for graduate medical or veterinary schools. EFFECTIVE DATE OF 2006 AMENDMENT Pub. L. 109-171, title VIII, Sec. 8001(c), Feb. 8, 2006, 120 Stat. 155, provided that: "Except as otherwise provided in this subtitle [subtitle A (Secs. 8001-8024) of title VIII of Pub. L. 109- 171, see Short Title of 2006 Amendment note set out under section 1001 of this title] or the amendments made by this subtitle, the amendments made by this subtitle shall be effective July 1, 2006." EFFECTIVE DATE OF 2003 AMENDMENT Pub. L. 108-98, Sec. 1(b), Oct. 10, 2003, 117 Stat. 1175, provided that: "This Act [amending this section] and the amendments made by this Act shall be effective as if enacted on October 1, 1998." -FOOTNOTE- (!1) So in original. Probably should be "part B of subchapter IV of this chapter". -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1003 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS Part A - Definitions -HEAD- Sec. 1003. Additional definitions -STATUTE- In this chapter: (1) Combination of institutions of higher education The term "combination of institutions of higher education" means a group of institutions of higher education that have entered into a cooperative arrangement for the purpose of carrying out a common objective, or a public or private nonprofit agency, organization, or institution designated or created by a group of institutions of higher education for the purpose of carrying out a common objective on the group's behalf. (2) Department The term "Department" means the Department of Education. (3) Disability The term "disability" has the same meaning given that term under section 12102(2) of title 42. (4) Elementary school The term "elementary school" has the same meaning given that term under section 7801 of this title. (5) Gifted and talented The term "gifted and talented" has the same meaning given that term under section 7801 of this title. (6) Local educational agency The term "local educational agency" has the same meaning given that term under section 7801 of this title. (7) New borrower The term "new borrower" when used with respect to any date means an individual who on that date has no outstanding balance of principal or interest owing on any loan made, insured, or guaranteed under subchapter IV of this chapter and part C of subchapter I of chapter 34 of title 42. (8) Nonprofit The term "nonprofit" as applied to a school, agency, organization, or institution means a school, agency, organization, or institution owned and operated by one or more nonprofit corporations or associations, no part of the net earnings of which inures, or may lawfully inure, to the benefit of any private shareholder or individual. (9) School or department of divinity The term "school or department of divinity" means an institution, or a department or a branch of an institution, the program of instruction of which is designed for the education of students - (A) to prepare the students to become ministers of religion or to enter upon some other religious vocation (or to provide continuing training for any such vocation); or (B) to prepare the students to teach theological subjects. (10) Secondary school The term "secondary school" has the same meaning given that term under section 7801 of this title. (11) Secretary The term "Secretary" means the Secretary of Education. (12) Service-learning The term "service-learning" has the same meaning given that term under section 12511(23) of title 42. (13) Special education teacher The term "special education teacher" means teachers who teach children with disabilities as defined in section 1401 of this title. (14) State educational agency The term "State educational agency" has the same meaning given that term under section 7801 of this title. (15) State higher education agency The term "State higher education agency" means the officer or agency primarily responsible for the State supervision of higher education. (16) State; Freely Associated States (A) State The term "State" includes, in addition to the several States of the United States, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the District of Columbia, Guam, American Samoa, the United States Virgin Islands, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, and the Freely Associated States. (B) Freely Associated States The term "Freely Associated States" means the Republic of the Marshall Islands, the Federated States of Micronesia, and the Republic of Palau. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 103, as added Pub. L. 105-244, title I, Sec. 101(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1589; amended Pub. L. 107- 110, title X, Sec. 1076(g), Jan. 8, 2002, 115 Stat. 2091.) -REFTEXT- REFERENCES IN TEXT This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 89-329, as amended, known as the Higher Education Act of 1965. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1001 of this title and Tables. -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS Provisions similar to this section were contained in section 1141(b) of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 105-244. A prior section 1003, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 103, as added Pub. L. 102-325, title I, Sec. 101, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 459; amended Pub. L. 103-208, Sec. 2(a)(1), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2457, related to authority to make grants under the school, college, and university partnership grant program, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105-244. Another prior section 1003, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 103, as added Pub. L. 99-498, title I, Sec. 101, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1279, related to limitation on contract authority, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102-325. Another prior section 1003, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 103, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title I, Sec. 101(a), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1375, related to duties of the Commission on National Development in Postsecondary Education, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99-498. Another prior section 1003, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 103, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1219; Pub. L. 92-318, title I, Sec. 102(a)(2), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 237; Pub. L. 94-482, title I, Sec. 101(b)(2), (g)(2), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2084, 2086; Pub. L. 95-43, Sec. 1(a)(1), June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 213; Pub. L. 96-96, Sec. 1, Oct. 31, 1979, 93 Stat. 729, provided for the allotment of funds to States, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96-374. A prior section 1004, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 104, as added Pub. L. 102-325, title I, Sec. 101, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 460; amended Pub. L. 103-208, Sec. 2(a)(2), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2457, related to grant applications, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105-244. Another prior section 1004, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 104, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title I, Sec. 101(a), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1376, related to administrative provisions and powers of Commission on National Development in Postsecondary Education, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99-498. Another prior section 1004, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 104, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1220; Pub. L. 94-482, title I, Sec. 101(b)(3), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2084; Pub. L. 95-43, Sec. 1(a)(2), June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 213, described the allowable uses of States' allotments of funds, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96-374. A prior section 1005, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 105, as added Pub. L. 102-325, title I, Sec. 101, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 461, related to peer review of applications, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105-244. Another prior section 1005, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 105, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title I, Sec. 101(a), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1377, authorized appropriations, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99-498. Another prior section 1005, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 105, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1220; Pub. L. 90-575, title II, Sec. 202, Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1036; Pub. L. 94-482, title I, Sec. 101(b)(4)-(10), (g)(2), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2084-2086; Pub. L. 95-43, Sec. 1(a)(3), (b)(1), (2), June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 213, 218, set out the requisite features of State plans, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96-374. A prior section 1005a, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 106, as added Pub. L. 92-318, title I, Sec. 102(a)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 237; amended Pub. L. 94-482, title I, Sec. 101(g)(2), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2086, provided for special programs and projects relating to national and regional problems, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96-374. A prior section 1006, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 106, as added Pub. L. 102-325, title I, Sec. 101, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 461, authorized appropriations, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105-244. Another prior section 1006, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 107, formerly Sec. 106, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1221; Pub. L. 90-575, title II, Sec. 203(a), Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1036, renumbered Pub. L. 92-318, title I, Sec. 102(a)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 236, and amended Pub. L. 94-482, title I, Sec. 101(c), (g)(2), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2085, 2086, related to payment and method of payment of funds, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96-374. Prior sections 1007 to 1010 were omitted in the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96-374. Section 1007, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 108, formerly Sec. 107, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1222, renumbered Pub. L. 92-318, title I, Sec. 102(a)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 236, and amended Pub. L. 94-482, title I, Sec. 101(g)(2), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2086, related to disapproval of State plans, notice and hearing, findings of Commissioner of Education, and notification to State of noneligibility. Section 1008, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 109, formerly Sec. 108, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1222, renumbered Pub. L. 92-318, title I, Sec. 102(a)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 236, and amended Pub. L. 94-482, title I, Sec. 101(d), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2085, provided for judicial review of actions of Commissioner of Education and scope of that review. Section 1008a, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 110, as added Pub. L. 93-29, title VIII, Sec. 803, May 3, 1973, 87 Stat. 59, and amended Pub. L. 94-135, title II, Sec. 201, Nov. 28, 1975, 89 Stat. 726; Pub. L. 94-482, title I, Sec. 101(g)(2), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2086, provided for programs and projects relating to problems of the elderly. Section 1008b, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 111, as added Pub. L. 94-482, title I, Sec. 101(e), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2085, related to technical assistance and administration. Section 1009, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 112, formerly Sec. 109, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1223; Pub. L. 91-230, title IV, Sec. 401(h)(4), Apr. 13, 1970, 84 Stat. 174, renumbered Sec. 110, Pub. L. 92-318, title I, Sec. 102(a)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 236, renumbered Sec. 111, Pub. L. 93-29, title VIII, Sec. 803, May 3, 1973, 87 Stat. 59; Pub. L. 93-380, title VIII, Sec. 831, Aug. 21, 1974, 88 Stat. 603; Pub. L. 93-644, Sec. 9(a), Jan. 4, 1975, 88 Stat. 2310, renumbered Sec. 112 and amended Pub. L. 94-482, title I, Sec. 101(e), (f)(1), (g)(2), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2085, 2086; 1977 Reorg. Plan No. 2, Sec. 7(a)(13), 42 F.R. 62461, 91 Stat. 1637, provided for creation of a National Advisory Council on Extension and Continuing Education. Section 1010, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 113, formerly Sec. 110, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1224, renumbered Sec. 111, Pub. L. 92- 318, title I, Sec. 102(a)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 236, renumbered Sec. 112, Pub. L. 93-29, title VIII, Sec. 803, May 3, 1973, 87 Stat. 59, renumbered Sec. 113 and amended Pub. L. 94-482, title I, Sec. 101(e), (f)(2), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2085, 2086, directed that nothing in the section be held to modify any authority under the Smith-Lever Act, section 341 et seq. of Title 7, Agriculture. AMENDMENTS 2002 - Pars. (4) to (6), (10), (14). Pub. L. 107-110 substituted "7801" for "8801". EFFECTIVE DATE OF 2002 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 107-110 effective Jan. 8, 2002, except with respect to certain noncompetitive programs and competitive programs, see section 5 of Pub. L. 107-110, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6301 of this title. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Part B - Additional General Provisions 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS Part B - Additional General Provisions -HEAD- PART B - ADDITIONAL GENERAL PROVISIONS -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1011 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS Part B - Additional General Provisions -HEAD- Sec. 1011. Antidiscrimination -STATUTE- (a) In general Institutions of higher education receiving Federal financial assistance may not use such financial assistance, directly or indirectly, to undertake any study or project or fulfill the terms of any contract containing an express or implied provision that any person or persons of a particular race, religion, sex, or national origin be barred from performing such study, project, or contract, except that nothing in this subsection shall be construed to prohibit an institution from conducting objective studies or projects concerning the nature, effects, or prevention of discrimination, or to have the institution's curriculum restricted on the subject of discrimination. (b) Limitations on statutory construction Nothing in this chapter shall be construed to limit the rights or responsibilities of any individual under the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 [42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq.], the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 [29 U.S.C. 701 et seq.], or any other law. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 111, as added Pub. L. 105-244, title I, Sec. 101(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1590.) -REFTEXT- REFERENCES IN TEXT This chapter, referred to in subsec. (b), was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 89-329, as amended, known as the Higher Education Act of 1965. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1001 of this title and Tables. The Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, referred to in subsec. (b), is Pub. L. 101-336, July 26, 1990, 104 Stat. 327, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 126 (Sec. 12101 et seq.) of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 12101 of Title 42 and Tables. The Rehabilitation Act of 1973, referred to in subsec. (b), is Pub. L. 93-112, Sept. 26, 1973, 87 Stat. 355, as amended, which is classified generally to chapter 16 (Sec. 701 et seq.) of Title 29, Labor. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 701 of Title 29 and Tables. -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS Provisions similar to this section were contained in section 1142 of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 105-244. A prior section 1011, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 121, as added Pub. L. 102-325, title I, Sec. 101, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 461, stated congressional findings and purposes of articulation agreements grant program, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105-244. Another prior section 1011, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 111, as added Pub. L. 99-498, title I, Sec. 101, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1279, related to institutional development, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102-325. Another prior section 1011, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 111, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title I, Sec. 101(a), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1377, stated Congressional findings with respect to education outreach programs, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99-498. Another prior section 1011, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 114, formerly Sec. 111, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1224, renumbered Sec. 112 and amended Pub. L. 92-318, title I, Secs. 102(a)(1), 131(d)(2)(A), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 236, 260, renumbered Sec. 113, Pub. L. 93- 29, title VIII, Sec. 803, May 3, 1973, 87 Stat. 59, renumbered Sec. 114, Pub. L. 94-482, title I, Sec. 101(e), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2085, prohibited the giving of grants for programs relating to sectarian instruction or worship, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96-374. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1011a 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS Part B - Additional General Provisions -HEAD- Sec. 1011a. Protection of student speech and association rights -STATUTE- (a) Protection of rights It is the sense of Congress that no student attending an institution of higher education on a full- or part-time basis should, on the basis of participation in protected speech or protected association, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination or official sanction under any education program, activity, or division of the institution directly or indirectly receiving financial assistance under this chapter, whether or not such program, activity, or division is sponsored or officially sanctioned by the institution. (b) Construction Nothing in this section shall be construed - (1) to discourage the imposition of an official sanction on a student that has willfully participated in the disruption or attempted disruption of a lecture, class, speech, presentation, or performance made or scheduled to be made under the auspices of the institution of higher education; or (2) to prevent an institution of higher education from taking appropriate and effective action to prevent violations of State liquor laws, to discourage binge drinking and other alcohol abuse, to protect students from sexual harassment including assault and date rape, to prevent hazing, or to regulate unsanitary or unsafe conditions in any student residence. (c) Definitions For the purposes of this section: (1) Official sanction The term "official sanction" - (A) means expulsion, suspension, probation, censure, condemnation, reprimand, or any other disciplinary, coercive, or adverse action taken by an institution of higher education or administrative unit of the institution; and (B) includes an oral or written warning made by an official of an institution of higher education acting in the official capacity of the official. (2) Protected association The term "protected association" means the joining, assembling, and residing with others that is protected under the first and 14th amendments to the Constitution, or would be protected if the institution of higher education involved were subject to those amendments. (3) Protected speech The term "protected speech" means speech that is protected under the first and 14th amendments to the Constitution, or would be protected if the institution of higher education involved were subject to those amendments. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 112, as added Pub. L. 105-244, title I, Sec. 101(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1591.) -REFTEXT- REFERENCES IN TEXT This chapter, referred to in subsec. (a), was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 89-329, as amended, known as the Higher Education Act of 1965. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1001 of this title and Tables. -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS A prior section 1011a, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 122, as added Pub. L. 102-325, title I, Sec. 101, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 462, authorized grants to States, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105-244. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1011b 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS Part B - Additional General Provisions -HEAD- Sec. 1011b. Treatment of territories and territorial student assistance -STATUTE- (a) Waiver authority The Secretary is required to waive the eligibility criteria of any postsecondary education program administered by the Department where such criteria do not take into account the unique circumstances in Guam, the United States Virgin Islands, American Samoa, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, and the Freely Associated States. (b) Eligibility Notwithstanding any other provision of law, an institution of higher education that is located in any of the Freely Associated States, rather than in another State, shall be eligible, if otherwise qualified, for assistance under division 1 of subpart 2 of part A of subchapter IV of this chapter. This subsection shall cease to be effective on September 30, 2004. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 113, as added Pub. L. 105-244, title I, Sec. 101(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1591.) -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS Provisions similar to this section were contained in section 1144a of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 105-244. A prior section 1011b, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 123, as added Pub. L. 102-325, title I, Sec. 101, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 462, related to State applications for grants, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105-244. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1011c 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS Part B - Additional General Provisions -HEAD- Sec. 1011c. National Advisory Committee on Institutional Quality and Integrity -STATUTE- (a) Establishment There is established in the Department a National Advisory Committee on Institutional Quality and Integrity (hereafter in this section referred to as the "Committee"), which shall be composed of 15 members appointed by the Secretary from among individuals who are representatives of, or knowledgeable concerning, education and training beyond secondary education, including representatives of all sectors and types of institutions of higher education (as defined in section 1002 of this title), to assess the process of eligibility and certification of such institutions under subchapter IV of this chapter and part C of subchapter I of chapter 34 of title 42 and the provision of financial aid under subchapter IV of this chapter and part C of subchapter I of chapter 34 of title 42. (b) Terms of members Terms of office of each member of the Committee shall be 3 years, except that any member appointed to fill a vacancy occurring prior to the expiration of the term for which the member's predecessor was appointed shall be appointed for the remainder of such term. (c) Public notice The Secretary shall - (1) annually publish in the Federal Register a list containing the name of each member of the Committee and the date of the expiration of the term of office of the member; and (2) publicly solicit nominations for each vacant position or expiring term of office on the Committee. (d) Functions The Committee shall - (1) advise the Secretary with respect to establishment and enforcement of the standards of accrediting agencies or associations under subpart 2 of part G of subchapter IV of this chapter; (2) advise the Secretary with respect to the recognition of a specific accrediting agency or association; (3) advise the Secretary with respect to the preparation and publication of the list of nationally recognized accrediting agencies and associations; (4) develop and recommend to the Secretary standards and criteria for specific categories of vocational training institutions and institutions of higher education for which there are no recognized accrediting agencies, associations, or State agencies, in order to establish the eligibility of such institutions on an interim basis for participation in federally funded programs; (5) advise the Secretary with respect to the eligibility and certification process for institutions of higher education under subchapter IV of this chapter and part C of subchapter I of chapter 34 of title 42, together with recommendations for improvements in such process; (6) advise the Secretary with respect to the relationship between - (A) accreditation of institutions of higher education and the certification and eligibility of such institutions; and (B) State licensing responsibilities with respect to such institutions; and (7) carry out such other advisory functions relating to accreditation and institutional eligibility as the Secretary may prescribe. (e) Meeting procedures The Committee shall meet not less than twice each year at the call of the Chairperson. The date of, and agenda for, each meeting of the Committee shall be submitted in advance to the Secretary for approval. A representative of the Secretary shall be present at all meetings of the Committee. (f) Report Not later than November 30 of each year, the Committee shall make an annual report through the Secretary to Congress. The annual report shall contain - (1) a list of the members of the Committee and their addresses; (2) a list of the functions of the Committee; (3) a list of dates and places of each meeting during the preceding fiscal year; and (4) a summary of the activities, findings and recommendations made by the Committee during the preceding fiscal year. (g) Termination The Committee shall cease to exist on September 30, 2004. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 114, as added Pub. L. 105-244, title I, Sec. 101(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1592.) -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS Provisions similar to this section were contained in section 1145 of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 105-244. A prior section 1011c, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 124, as added Pub. L. 102-325, title I, Sec. 101, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 463, related to local applications for grants, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105-244. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1011d 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS Part B - Additional General Provisions -HEAD- Sec. 1011d. Student representation -STATUTE- The Secretary shall, in appointing individuals to any commission, committee, board, panel, or other body in connection with the administration of this chapter, include individuals who are, at the time of appointment, attending an institution of higher education. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 115, as added Pub. L. 105-244, title I, Sec. 101(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1593.) -REFTEXT- REFERENCES IN TEXT This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 89-329, as amended, known as the Higher Education Act of 1965. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1001 of this title and Tables. -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS Provisions similar to this section were contained in section 1145b of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 105-244. A prior section 1011d, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 125, as added Pub. L. 102-325, title I, Sec. 101, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 463, related to articulation agreements, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105-244. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1011e 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS Part B - Additional General Provisions -HEAD- Sec. 1011e. Financial responsibility of foreign students -STATUTE- Nothing in this chapter or any other Federal law shall be construed to prohibit any institution of higher education from requiring a student who is a foreign national (and not admitted to permanent residence in the United States) to guarantee the future payment of tuition and fees to such institution by - (1) making advance payment of such tuition and fees; (2) making deposits in an escrow account administered by such institution for such payments; or (3) obtaining a bond or other insurance that such payments will be made. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 116, as added Pub. L. 105-244, title I, Sec. 101(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1593.) -REFTEXT- REFERENCES IN TEXT This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 89-329, as amended, known as the Higher Education Act of 1965. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1001 of this title and Tables. -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS Provisions similar to this section were contained in section 1145c of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 105-244. A prior section 1011e, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 126, as added Pub. L. 102-325, title I, Sec. 101, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 464, related to State administrative costs, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105-244. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1011f 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS Part B - Additional General Provisions -HEAD- Sec. 1011f. Disclosures of foreign gifts -STATUTE- (a) Disclosure report Whenever any institution is owned or controlled by a foreign source or receives a gift from or enters into a contract with a foreign source, the value of which is $250,000 or more, considered alone or in combination with all other gifts from or contracts with that foreign source within a calendar year, the institution shall file a disclosure report with the Secretary on January 31 or July 31, whichever is sooner. (b) Contents of report Each report to the Secretary required by this section shall contain the following: (1) For gifts received from or contracts entered into with a foreign source other than a foreign government, the aggregate dollar amount of such gifts and contracts attributable to a particular country. The country to which a gift is attributable is the country of citizenship, or if unknown, the principal residence for a foreign source who is a natural person, and the country of incorporation, or if unknown, the principal place of business, for a foreign source which is a legal entity. (2) For gifts received from or contracts entered into with a foreign government, the aggregate amount of such gifts and contracts received from each foreign government. (3) In the case of an institution which is owned or controlled by a foreign source, the identity of the foreign source, the date on which the foreign source assumed ownership or control, and any changes in program or structure resulting from the change in ownership or control. (c) Additional disclosures for restricted and conditional gifts Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (b) of this section, whenever any institution receives a restricted or conditional gift or contract from a foreign source, the institution shall disclose the following: (1) For such gifts received from or contracts entered into with a foreign source other than a foreign government, the amount, the date, and a description of such conditions or restrictions. The report shall also disclose the country of citizenship, or if unknown, the principal residence for a foreign source which is a natural person, and the country of incorporation, or if unknown, the principal place of business for a foreign source which is a legal entity. (2) For gifts received from or contracts entered into with a foreign government, the amount, the date, a description of such conditions or restrictions, and the name of the foreign government. (d) Relation to other reporting requirements (1) State requirements If an institution described under subsection (a) of this section is within a State which has enacted requirements for public disclosure of gifts from or contracts with a foreign source that are substantially similar to the requirements of this section, a copy of the disclosure report filed with the State may be filed with the Secretary in lieu of a report required under subsection (a) of this section. The State in which the institution is located shall provide to the Secretary such assurances as the Secretary may require to establish that the institution has met the requirements for public disclosure under State law if the State report is filed. (2) Use of other Federal reports If an institution receives a gift from, or enters into a contract with, a foreign source, where any other department, agency, or bureau of the executive branch requires a report containing requirements substantially similar to those required under this section, a copy of the report may be filed with the Secretary in lieu of a report required under subsection (a) of this section. (e) Public inspection All disclosure reports required by this section shall be public records open to inspection and copying during business hours. (f) Enforcement (1) Court orders Whenever it appears that an institution has failed to comply with the requirements of this section, including any rule or regulation promulgated under this section, a civil action may be brought by the Attorney General, at the request of the Secretary, in an appropriate district court of the United States, or the appropriate United States court of any territory or other place subject to the jurisdiction of the United States, to request such court to compel compliance with the requirements of this section. (2) Costs For knowing or willful failure to comply with the requirements of this section, including any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder, an institution shall pay to the Treasury of the United States the full costs to the United States of obtaining compliance, including all associated costs of investigation and enforcement. (g) Regulations The Secretary may promulgate regulations to carry out this section. (h) Definitions For the purpose of this section - (1) the term "contract" means any agreement for the acquisition by purchase, lease, or barter of property or services by the foreign source, for the direct benefit or use of either of the parties; (2) the term "foreign source" means - (A) a foreign government, including an agency of a foreign government; (B) a legal entity, governmental or otherwise, created solely under the laws of a foreign state or states; (C) an individual who is not a citizen or a national of the United States or a trust territory or protectorate thereof; and (D) an agent, including a subsidiary or affiliate of a foreign legal entity, acting on behalf of a foreign source; (3) the term "gift" means any gift of money or property; (4) the term "institution" means any institution, public or private, or, if a multicampus institution, any single campus of such institution, in any State, that - (A) is legally authorized within such State to provide a program of education beyond secondary school; (B) provides a program for which the institution awards a bachelor's degree (or provides not less than a 2-year program which is acceptable for full credit toward such a degree) or more advanced degrees; and (C) is accredited by a nationally recognized accrediting agency or association and to which institution Federal financial assistance is extended (directly or indirectly through another entity or person), or which institution receives support from the extension of Federal financial assistance to any of the institution's subunits; and (5) the term "restricted or conditional gift or contract" means any endowment, gift, grant, contract, award, present, or property of any kind which includes provisions regarding - (A) the employment, assignment, or termination of faculty; (B) the establishment of departments, centers, research or lecture programs, or new faculty positions; (C) the selection or admission of students; or (D) the award of grants, loans, scholarships, fellowships, or other forms of financial aid restricted to students of a specified country, religion, sex, ethnic origin, or political opinion. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 117, as added Pub. L. 105-244, title I, Sec. 101(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1593.) -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS Provisions similar to this section were contained in section 1145d of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 105-244. A prior section 1011f, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 127, as added Pub. L. 102-325, title I, Sec. 101, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 464, related to priority grant applications, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105-244. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1011g 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS Part B - Additional General Provisions -HEAD- Sec. 1011g. Application of peer review process -STATUTE- All applications submitted under the provisions of this chapter which require peer review shall be read by a panel of readers composed of individuals selected by the Secretary, which shall include outside readers who are not employees of the Federal Government. The Secretary shall ensure that no individual assigned under this section to review any application has any conflict of interest with regard to that application which might impair the impartiality with which that individual conducts the review under this section. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 118, as added Pub. L. 105-244, title I, Sec. 101(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1595.) -REFTEXT- REFERENCES IN TEXT This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 89-329, as amended, known as the Higher Education Act of 1965. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1001 of this title and Tables. -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS Provisions similar to this section were contained in section 1145d-1 of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 105-244. A prior section 1011g, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 128, as added Pub. L. 102-325, title I, Sec. 101, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 464, related to reports and evaluation of programs, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105-244. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1011h 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS Part B - Additional General Provisions -HEAD- Sec. 1011h. Binge drinking on college campuses -STATUTE- (a) Short title This section may be cited as the "Collegiate Initiative To Reduce Binge Drinking and Illegal Alcohol Consumption". (b) Sense of Congress It is the sense of Congress that, in an effort to change the culture of alcohol consumption on college campuses, all institutions of higher education should carry out the following: (1) The president of the institution should appoint a task force consisting of school administrators, faculty, students, Greek system representatives, and others to conduct a full examination of student and academic life at the institution. The task force should make recommendations for a broad range of policy and program changes that would serve to reduce alcohol and other drug-related problems. The institution should provide resources to assist the task force in promoting the campus policies and proposed environmental changes that have been identified. (2) The institution should provide maximum opportunities for students to live in an alcohol-free environment and to engage in stimulating, alcohol-free recreational and leisure activities. (3) The institution should enforce a "zero tolerance" policy on the illegal consumption of alcohol by students at the institution. (4) The institution should vigorously enforce the institution's code of disciplinary sanctions for those who violate campus alcohol policies. Students with alcohol or other drug-related problems should be referred for assistance, including on-campus counseling programs if appropriate. (5) The institution should adopt a policy to discourage alcoholic beverage-related sponsorship of on-campus activities. It should adopt policies limiting the advertisement and promotion of alcoholic beverages on campus. (6) The institution should work with the local community, including local businesses, in a "Town/Gown" alliance to encourage responsible policies toward alcohol consumption and to address illegal alcohol use by students. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 119, as added Pub. L. 105-244, title I, Sec. 101(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1596.) -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS A prior section 1011h, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 129, as added Pub. L. 102-325, title I, Sec. 101, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 465, authorized appropriations to carry out the articulation agreements grant program, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105-244. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1011i 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS Part B - Additional General Provisions -HEAD- Sec. 1011i. Drug and alcohol abuse prevention -STATUTE- (a) Restriction on eligibility Notwithstanding any other provision of law, no institution of higher education shall be eligible to receive funds or any other form of financial assistance under any Federal program, including participation in any federally funded or guaranteed student loan program, unless the institution certifies to the Secretary that the institution has adopted and has implemented a program to prevent the use of illicit drugs and the abuse of alcohol by students and employees that, at a minimum, includes - (1) the annual distribution to each student and employee of - (A) standards of conduct that clearly prohibit, at a minimum, the unlawful possession, use, or distribution of illicit drugs and alcohol by students and employees on the institution's property or as part of any of the institution's activities; (B) a description of the applicable legal sanctions under local, State, or Federal law for the unlawful possession or distribution of illicit drugs and alcohol; (C) a description of the health-risks associated with the use of illicit drugs and the abuse of alcohol; (D) a description of any drug or alcohol counseling, treatment, or rehabilitation or re-entry programs that are available to employees or students; and (E) a clear statement that the institution will impose sanctions on students and employees (consistent with local, State, and Federal law), and a description of those sanctions, up to and including expulsion or termination of employment and referral for prosecution, for violations of the standards of conduct required by subparagraph (A); and (2) a biennial review by the institution of the institution's program to - (A) determine the program's effectiveness and implement changes to the program if the changes are needed; and (B) ensure that the sanctions required by paragraph (1)(E) are consistently enforced. (b) Information availability Each institution of higher education that provides the certification required by subsection (a) of this section shall, upon request, make available to the Secretary and to the public a copy of each item required by subsection (a)(1) of this section as well as the results of the biennial review required by subsection (a)(2) of this section. (c) Regulations (1) In general The Secretary shall publish regulations to implement and enforce the provisions of this section, including regulations that provide for - (A) the periodic review of a representative sample of programs required by subsection (a) of this section; and (B) a range of responses and sanctions for institutions of higher education that fail to implement their programs or to consistently enforce their sanctions, including information and technical assistance, the development of a compliance agreement, and the termination of any form of Federal financial assistance. (2) Rehabilitation program The sanctions required by subsection (a)(1)(E) of this section may include the completion of an appropriate rehabilitation program. (d) Appeals Upon determination by the Secretary to terminate financial assistance to any institution of higher education under this section, the institution may file an appeal with an administrative law judge before the expiration of the 30-day period beginning on the date such institution is notified of the decision to terminate financial assistance under this section. Such judge shall hold a hearing with respect to such termination of assistance before the expiration of the 45-day period beginning on the date that such appeal is filed. Such judge may extend such 45-day period upon a motion by the institution concerned. The decision of the judge with respect to such termination shall be considered to be a final agency action. (e) Alcohol and drug abuse prevention grants (1) Program authority The Secretary may make grants to institutions of higher education or consortia of such institutions, and enter into contracts with such institutions, consortia, and other organizations, to develop, implement, operate, improve, and disseminate programs of prevention, and education (including treatment-referral) to reduce and eliminate the illegal use of drugs and alcohol and the violence associated with such use. Such grants or contracts may also be used for the support of a higher education center for alcohol and drug abuse prevention that will provide training, technical assistance, evaluation, dissemination, and associated services and assistance to the higher education community as determined by the Secretary and institutions of higher education. (2) Awards Grants and contracts shall be awarded under paragraph (1) on a competitive basis. (3) Applications An institution of higher education, a consortium of such institutions, or another organization that desires to receive a grant or contract under paragraph (1) shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing or accompanied by such information as the Secretary may reasonably require by regulation. (4) Additional requirements (A) Participation In awarding grants and contracts under this subsection the Secretary shall make every effort to ensure - (i) the equitable participation of private and public institutions of higher education (including community and junior colleges); and (ii) the equitable geographic participation of such institutions. (B) Consideration In awarding grants and contracts under this subsection the Secretary shall give appropriate consideration to institutions of higher education with limited enrollment. (5) Authorization of appropriations There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this subsection $5,000,000 for fiscal year 1999 and such sums as may be necessary for each of the 4 succeeding fiscal years. (f) National Recognition Awards (1) Purpose It is the purpose of this subsection to provide models of innovative and effective alcohol and drug abuse prevention programs in higher education and to focus national attention on exemplary alcohol and drug abuse prevention efforts. (2) Awards (A) In general The Secretary shall make 5 National Recognition Awards for outstanding alcohol prevention programs and 5 National Recognition Awards for outstanding drug abuse prevention programs, on an annual basis, to institutions of higher education that - (i) have developed and implemented innovative and effective alcohol prevention programs or drug abuse prevention programs; and (ii) with respect to an application for an alcohol prevention program award, demonstrate in the application submitted under paragraph (3) that the institution has undertaken efforts designed to change the culture of college drinking consistent with the review criteria described in paragraph (3)(C)(iii). (B) Ceremony The awards shall be made at a ceremony in Washington, D.C. (C) Document The Secretary shall publish a document describing the alcohol and drug abuse prevention programs of institutions of higher education that receive the awards under this subsection and disseminate the document nationally to all public and private secondary school guidance counselors for use by secondary school juniors and seniors preparing to enter an institution of higher education. The document shall be disseminated not later than January 1 of each academic year. (D) Amount and use Each institution of higher education selected to receive an award under this subsection shall receive an award in the amount of $50,000. Such award shall be used for the maintenance and improvement of the institution's outstanding prevention program for the academic year following the academic year for which the award is made. (3) Application (A) In general Each institution of higher education desiring an award under this subsection shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and accompanied by such information as the Secretary may require. Each such application shall contain - (i) a clear description of the goals and objectives of the prevention program of the institution; (ii) a description of program activities that focus on alcohol or drug policy issues, policy development, modification, or refinement, policy dissemination and implementation, and policy enforcement; (iii) a description of activities that encourage student and employee participation and involvement in activity development and implementation; (iv) the objective criteria used to determine the effectiveness of the methods used in such programs and the means used to evaluate and improve the programs' efforts; (v) a description of special initiatives used to reduce high-risk behavior or increase low-risk behavior; and (vi) a description of coordination and networking efforts that exist in the community in which the institution is located for purposes of such programs. (B) Application review The Secretary shall appoint a committee to review applications submitted under this paragraph. The committee may include representatives of Federal departments or agencies the programs of which include alcohol abuse prevention and education efforts and drug abuse prevention and education efforts, directors or heads (or their representatives) of professional associations that focus on alcohol and drug abuse prevention efforts, and non-Federal scientists who have backgrounds in social science evaluation and research methodology and in education. Decisions of the committee shall be made directly to the Secretary without review by any other entity in the Department. (C) Review criteria The committee described in subparagraph (B) shall develop specific review criteria for reviewing and evaluating applications submitted under this paragraph. The review criteria shall include - (i) measures of the effectiveness of the program of the institution, that includes changes in the campus alcohol or other drug environment or the climate and changes in alcohol or other drug use before and after the initiation of the program; (ii) measures of program institutionalization, including - (I) an assessment of needs of the institution; (II) the institution's alcohol and drug policies, staff and faculty development activities, drug prevention criteria, student, faculty, and campus community involvement; and (III) whether the program will be continued after the cessation of Federal funding; and (iii) with respect to an application for an alcohol prevention program award, criteria for determining whether the institution has policies in effect that - (I) prohibit alcoholic beverage sponsorship of athletic events, and prohibit alcoholic beverage advertising inside athletic facilities; (II) prohibit alcoholic beverage marketing on campus, which may include efforts to ban alcohol advertising in institutional publications or efforts to prohibit alcohol- related advertisements at campus events; (III) establish or expand upon alcohol-free living arrangements for all college students; (IV) establish partnerships with community members and organizations to further alcohol prevention efforts on campus and the areas surrounding campus; and (V) establish innovative communications programs involving students and faculty in an effort to educate students about alcohol-related risks. (4) Eligibility In order to be eligible to receive a National Recognition Award an institution of higher education shall - (A) offer an associate or baccalaureate degree; (B) have established an alcohol abuse prevention and education program or a drug abuse prevention and education program; (C) nominate itself or be nominated by others, such as professional associations or student organizations, to receive the award; and (D) not have received an award under this subsection during the 5 academic years preceding the academic year for which the determination is made. (5) Authorization of appropriations (A) In general There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this subsection $750,000 for fiscal year 1999. (B) Availability Funds appropriated under subparagraph (A) shall remain available until expended. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 120, as added Pub. L. 105-244, title I, Sec. 101(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1596.) -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS Provisions similar to subsecs. (a) to (d) of this section were contained in section 1145g of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 105-244. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1011j 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS Part B - Additional General Provisions -HEAD- Sec. 1011j. Prior rights and obligations -STATUTE- (a) Authorization of appropriations (1) Pre-1987 parts C and D of subchapter VII There are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 1999 and for each of the 4 succeeding fiscal years to pay obligations incurred prior to 1987 under parts C and D of subchapter VII of this chapter, as such parts were in effect before the effective date of the Higher Education Amendments of 1992. (2) Post-1992 and pre-1998 part C of subchapter VII There are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 1999 and for each of the 4 succeeding fiscal years to pay obligations incurred prior to October 7, 1998, under part C of subchapter VII of this chapter, as such part was in effect during the period - (A) after the effective date of the Higher Education Amendments of 1992; and (B) prior to October 7, 1998. (b) Legal responsibilities (1) Pre-1987 subchapter VII All entities with continuing obligations incurred under parts A, B, C, and D of subchapter VII of this chapter, as such parts were in effect before the effective date of the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, shall be subject to the requirements of such part as in effect before the effective date of the Higher Education Amendments of 1992. (2) Post-1992 and pre-1998 part C of subchapter VII All entities with continuing obligations incurred under part C of subchapter VII of this chapter, as such part was in effect during the period - (A) after the effective date of the Higher Education Amendments of 1992; and (B) prior to October 7, 1998, shall be subject to the requirements of such part as such part was in effect during such period. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 121, as added Pub. L. 105-244, title I, Sec. 101(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1601.) -REFTEXT- REFERENCES IN TEXT Parts A, B, C, and D of subchapter VII of this chapter, as such parts were in effect before the effective date of the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, referred to in subsecs. (a)(1) and (b)(1), means parts A (Sec. 1132b et seq.), B (Sec. 1132c et seq.), C (Sec. 1132d et seq.), and D (Sec. 1132e et seq.) of subchapter VII of this chapter, as in effect before the effective date of Pub. L. 102-325. For effective date of Pub. L. 102-325, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102-325, set out as an Effective Date of 1992 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title. Pub. L. 102-325, title VII, Secs. 703-707(a), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 738-753, amended subchapter VII of this chapter effective Oct. 1, 1992, by amending parts A to C generally, repealing part D, and redesignating former part E as D. Part C of subchapter VII of this chapter, as such part was in effect during the period after the effective date of the Higher Education Amendments of 1992 and prior to October 7, 1998, referred to in subsecs. (a)(2) and (b)(2), probably means part C (Sec. 1132d et seq.) of subchapter VII of this chapter, as in effect during the period after the effective date of Pub. L. 102-325 and before it was amended by Pub. L. 105-244. For effective date of Pub. L. 102- 325, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102-325, set out as an Effective Date of 1992 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title. Pub. L. 105-244, title VII, Sec. 701, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1786, amended subchapter VII of this chapter generally, effective Oct. 1, 1998, omitting part C which related to loans for construction, reconstruction, and renovation of academic housing, and other educational facilities and adding a new part C (Sec. 1139 et seq.) relating to urban community service. -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS Provisions similar to this section were contained in section 1132a-1 of this title prior to the general amendment of subchapter VII of this chapter by Pub. L. 105-244. A prior section 121 of Pub. L. 89-329, title I, as added Pub. L. 99-498, title I, Sec. 101, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1285, related to adult learning research and was classified to section 1016 of this title, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102-325. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1011k 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS Part B - Additional General Provisions -HEAD- Sec. 1011k. Recovery of payments -STATUTE- (a) Public benefit Congress declares that, if a facility constructed with the aid of a grant under part A of subchapter VII of this chapter as such part A was in effect prior to October 7, 1998, or part B of such subchapter as part B was in effect prior to July 23, 1992, is used as an academic facility for 20 years following completion of such construction, the public benefit accruing to the United States will equal in value the amount of the grant. The period of 20 years after completion of such construction shall therefore be deemed to be the period of Federal interest in such facility for the purposes of such subchapter as so in effect. (b) Recovery upon cessation of public benefit If, within 20 years after completion of construction of an academic facility which has been constructed, in part with a grant under part A of subchapter VII of this chapter as such part A was in effect prior to October 7, 1998, or part B of subchapter VII of this chapter as such part B was in effect prior to July 23, 1992 - (1) the applicant under such parts as so in effect (or the applicant's successor in title or possession) ceases or fails to be a public or nonprofit institution; or (2) the facility ceases to be used as an academic facility, or the facility is used as a facility excluded from the term "academic facility" (as such term was defined under subchapter VII of this chapter, as so in effect), unless the Secretary determines that there is good cause for releasing the institution from its obligation, the United States shall be entitled to recover from such applicant (or successor) an amount which bears to the value of the facility at that time (or so much thereof as constituted an approved project or projects) the same ratio as the amount of Federal grant bore to the cost of the facility financed with the aid of such grant. The value shall be determined by agreement of the parties or by action brought in the United States district court for the district in which such facility is situated. (c) Prohibition on use for religion Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections (a) and (b) of this section, no project assisted with funds under subchapter VII of this chapter (as in effect prior to October 7, 1998) shall ever be used for religious worship or a sectarian activity or for a school or department of divinity. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 122, as added Pub. L. 105-244, title I, Sec. 101(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1601.) -REFTEXT- REFERENCES IN TEXT Subchapter VII of this chapter, referred to in text, was amended, effective Oct. 1, 1992, by Pub. L. 102-325, title VII, Secs. 703- 707(a), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 738-753, by amending parts A to C generally, repealing part D, and redesignating former part E as D, and was further amended generally, effective Oct. 1, 1998, by Pub. L. 105-244, title VII, Sec. 701, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1786, by substituting provisions relating to graduate and post-secondary improvement programs for former provisions relating to construction, reconstruction, and renovation of academic facilities. -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS Provisions similar to this section were contained in section 1132i of this title prior to the general amendment of subchapter VII of this chapter by Pub. L. 105-244. A prior section 122 of Pub. L. 89-329, title I, as added Pub. L. 99-498, title I, Sec. 101, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1286, limited funds authorized to be appropriated and was classified to section 1016a of this title, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102-325. A prior section 1012, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 112, as added Pub. L. 99-498, title I, Sec. 101, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1282, related to establishment of off-campus program grants, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102-325. Another prior section 1012, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 112, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title I, Sec. 101(a), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1377, provided for State allotments including percentage breakdown and cases of States not conducting comprehensive statewide planning, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99-498. A prior section 1013, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 113, as added Pub. L. 99-498, title I, Sec. 101, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1284, related to adult and continuing education staff development, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102-325. Another prior section 1013, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 113, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title I, Sec. 101(a), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1378; amended Pub. L. 97-300, title I, Sec. 183, Oct. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1357; Pub. L. 98-524, Sec. 4(c)(1), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2488, related to comprehensive statewide planning with respect to education outreach programs, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99-498. A prior section 1014, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 114, as added Pub. L. 99-498, title I, Sec. 101, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1285, related to administration of programs by Secretary, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102-325. Another prior section 1014, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 114, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title I, Sec. 101(a), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1379; amended Pub. L. 97-300, title I, Sec. 183, Oct. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1357; Pub. L. 98-524, Sec. 4(c)(2), Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2488, related to information services, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99-498. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Part C - Cost of Higher Education 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS Part C - Cost of Higher Education -HEAD- PART C - COST OF HIGHER EDUCATION -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1015 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS Part C - Cost of Higher Education -HEAD- Sec. 1015. Improvements in market information and public accountability in higher education -STATUTE- (a) Improved data collection (1) Development of uniform methodology The Secretary shall direct the Commissioner of Education Statistics to convene a series of forums to develop nationally consistent methodologies for reporting costs incurred by postsecondary institutions in providing postsecondary education. (2) Redesign of data systems On the basis of the methodologies developed pursuant to paragraph (1), the Secretary shall redesign relevant parts of the postsecondary education data systems to improve the usefulness and timeliness of the data collected by such systems. (3) Information to institutions The Commissioner of Education Statistics shall - (A) develop a standard definition for the following data elements: (i) tuition and fees for a full-time undergraduate student; (ii) cost of attendance for a full-time undergraduate student, consistent with the provisions of section 1087ll of this title; (iii) average amount of financial assistance received by an undergraduate student who attends an institution of higher education, including - (I) each type of assistance or benefit described in section 1078(a)(2)(C)(i) (!1) of this title; (II) fellowships; and (III) institutional and other assistance; and (iv) number of students receiving financial assistance described in each of subclauses (I), (II), and (III) of clause (iii); (B) not later than 90 days after October 7, 1998, report the definitions to each institution of higher education and within a reasonable period of time thereafter inform the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate and the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives of those definitions; and (C) collect information regarding the data elements described in subparagraph (A) with respect to at least all institutions of higher education participating in programs under subchapter IV of this chapter and part C of subchapter I of chapter 34 of title 42, beginning with the information from academic year 2000-2001 and annually thereafter. (b) Data dissemination The Secretary shall make available the data collected pursuant to subsection (a) of this section. Such data shall be available in a form that permits the review and comparison of the data submissions of individual institutions of higher education. Such data shall be presented in a form that is easily understandable and allows parents and students to make informed decisions based on the costs for typical full-time undergraduate students. (c) Study (1) In general The Commissioner of Education Statistics shall conduct a national study of expenditures at institutions of higher education. Such study shall include information with respect to - (A) the change in tuition and fees compared with the consumer price index and other appropriate measures of inflation; (B) faculty salaries and benefits; (C) administrative salaries, benefits and expenses; (D) academic support services; (E) research; (F) operations and maintenance; and (G) institutional expenditures for construction and technology and the potential cost of replacing instructional buildings and equipment. (2) Evaluation The study shall include an evaluation of - (A) changes over time in the expenditures identified in paragraph (1); (B) the relationship of the expenditures identified in paragraph (1) to college costs; and (C) the extent to which increases in institutional financial aid and tuition discounting practices affect tuition increases, including the demographics of students receiving such discounts, the extent to which financial aid is provided to students with limited need in order to attract a student to a particular institution, and the extent to which Federal financial aid, including loan aid, has been used to offset the costs of such practices. (3) Final report The Commissioner of Education Statistics shall submit a report regarding the findings of the study required by paragraph (1) to the appropriate committees of Congress not later than September 30, 2002. (4) Higher education market basket The Bureau of Labor Statistics, in consultation with the Commissioner of Education Statistics, shall develop a higher education market basket that identifies the items that comprise the costs of higher education. The Bureau of Labor Statistics shall provide a report on the market basket to the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate and the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives not later than September 30, 2002. (5) Fines In addition to actions authorized in section 1094(c) of this title, the Secretary may impose a fine in an amount not to exceed $25,000 on an institution of higher education for failing to provide the information described in paragraph (1) in a timely and accurate manner, or for failing to otherwise cooperate with the National Center for Education Statistics regarding efforts to obtain data on the cost of higher education under this section and pursuant to the program participation agreement entered into under section 1094 of this title. (d) Student aid recipient survey (1) The Secretary shall survey student aid recipients on a regular cycle, but not less than once every 3 years - (A) to identify the population of students receiving Federal student aid; (B) to determine the income distribution and other socioeconomic characteristics of federally aided students; (C) to describe the combinations of aid from State, Federal, and private sources received by students from all income groups; (D) to describe the debt burden of loan recipients and their capacity to repay their education debts; and (E) to disseminate such information in both published and machine readable form. (2) The survey shall be representative of full-time and part- time, undergraduate, graduate, and professional and current and former students in all types of institutions, and should be designed and administered in consultation with the Congress and the postsecondary education community. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 131, as added Pub. L. 105-244, title I, Sec. 101(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1602.) -REFTEXT- REFERENCES IN TEXT Section 1078(a)(2)(C) of this title, referred to in subsec. (a)(3)(A)(iii)(I), was amended generally by Pub. L. 105-244, title IV, Sec. 417(a)(1)(C), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1682, and, as so amended, provisions formerly appearing in cl. (i) are now contained in cl. (ii). -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS A prior section 1015, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 131, as added Pub. L. 102-325, title I, Sec. 101, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 465, authorized grants to eligible partnerships for education telecommunications activities, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105-244. Another prior section 1015, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 115, as added Pub. L. 99-498, title I, Sec. 101, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1285, authorized appropriations for former part A of this subchapter, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102-325. Another prior section 1015, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 115, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title I, Sec. 101(a), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1380, related to continuing education, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99-498. Another prior section 1015, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 131, as added Pub. L. 94-482, title I, Sec. 101(g)(3), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2086, set out the Congressional findings with regard to the lifelong learning program, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96-374. A prior section 131 of Pub. L. 89-329, title I, as added Pub. L. 99-498, title I, Sec. 101, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1286, related to National Advisory Council on Continuing Education and was classified to section 1017 of this title, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102-325. A prior section 1015a, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 132, as added Pub. L. 102-325, title I, Sec. 101, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 465, related to grant applications, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105-244. Another prior section 1015a, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 132, as added Pub. L. 94-482, title I, Sec. 101(g)(3), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2087, set out scope of lifelong learning program, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96-374. A prior section 1015b, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 133, as added Pub. L. 102-325, title I, Sec. 101, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 466, related to activities for which grants could be used, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105-244. Another prior section 1015b, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 133, as added Pub. L. 94-482, title I, Sec. 101(g)(3), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2087; amended Pub. L. 95-43, Sec. 1(a)(4), June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 213, related to implementation of lifelong learning program by Assistant Secretary, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96-374. A prior section 1015c, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 134, as added Pub. L. 102-325, title I, Sec. 101, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 466, defined "public broadcasting entity" for purposes of former part C of this subchapter, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105-244. Another prior section 1015c, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 134, as added Pub. L. 94-482, title I, Sec. 101(g)(3), Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2089, related to annual reports by Assistant Secretary and content of these reports, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96-374. A prior section 1015d, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 135, as added Pub. L. 102-325, title I, Sec. 101, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 466, required grant recipients to submit reports, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105-244. A prior section 1016, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 121, as added Pub. L. 99-498, title I, Sec. 101, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1285, related to adult learning research, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102-325. Another prior section 1016, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 116, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title I, Sec. 101(a), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1381, provided for Federal discretionary grants, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99-498. A prior section 1016a, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 122, as added Pub. L. 99-498, title I, Sec. 101, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1286, limited funds authorized to be appropriated, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102-325. A prior section 1017, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 131, as added Pub. L. 99-498, title I, Sec. 101, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1286; Pub. L. 102-54, Sec. 13(g)(1)(A), June 13, 1991, 105 Stat. 275, related to National Advisory Council on Continuing Education, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102-325. Another prior section 1017, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 117, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title I, Sec. 101(a), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1382; amended Pub. L. 99-386, title I, Sec. 103(a), Aug. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 821, related to establishment and administration of the National Advisory Council on Continuing Education, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99-498. -CHANGE- CHANGE OF NAME Committee on Labor and Human Resources of Senate changed to Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of Senate by Senate Resolution No. 20, One Hundred Sixth Congress, Jan. 19, 1999. Committee on Education and the Workforce of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Education and Labor of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Tenth Congress, Jan. 5, 2007. -MISC2- STUDENT RELATED DEBT STUDY REQUIRED Pub. L. 105-244, title VIII, Sec. 803, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1805, provided that: "(a) In General. - The Secretary of Education shall conduct a study that analyzes the distribution and increase in student- related debt in terms of - "(1) demographic characteristics, such as race or ethnicity, and family income; "(2) type of institution and whether the institution is a public or private institution; "(3) loan source, such as Federal, State, institutional or other, and, if the loan source is Federal, whether the loan is or is not subsidized; "(4) academic field of study; "(5) parent loans, and whether the parent loans are federally guaranteed, private, or property-secured such as home equity loans; and "(6) relation of student debt or anticipated debt to - "(A) students' decisions about whether and where to enroll in college and whether or how much to borrow in order to attend college; "(B) the length of time it takes students to earn baccalaureate degrees; "(C) students' decisions about whether and where to attend graduate school; "(D) graduates' employment decisions; "(E) graduates' burden of repayment as reflected by the graduates' ability to save for retirement or invest in a home; and "(F) students' future earnings. "(b) Report. - After conclusion of the study required by subsection (a), the Secretary of Education shall submit a final report regarding the findings of the study to the Committee on Labor and Human Resources [now Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions] of the Senate and the Committee on Education and the Workforce [now Committee on Education and Labor] of the House of Representatives not later than 18 months after the date of enactment of the Higher Education Amendments of 1998 [Oct. 7, 1998]. "(c) Information. - After the study and report under this section are concluded, the Secretary of Education shall determine which information described in subsection (a) would be useful for families to know and shall include such information as part of the comparative information provided to families about the costs of higher education under the provisions of part C of title I [probably means part C of title I of Pub. L. 89-329, which is classified generally to this part]." -FOOTNOTE- (!1) See References in Text note below. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Part D - Administrative Provisions for Delivery of Student Financial Assistance 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS Part D - Administrative Provisions for Delivery of Student Financial Assistance -HEAD- PART D - ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS FOR DELIVERY OF STUDENT FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1018 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS Part D - Administrative Provisions for Delivery of Student Financial Assistance -HEAD- Sec. 1018. Performance-Based Organization for delivery of Federal student financial assistance -STATUTE- (a) Establishment and purpose (1) Establishment There is established in the Department a Performance-Based Organization (hereafter referred to as the "PBO") which shall be a discrete management unit responsible for managing the operational functions supporting the programs authorized under subchapter IV of this chapter and part C of subchapter I of chapter 34 of title 42, as specified in subsection (b) of this section. (2) Purposes The purposes of the PBO are - (A) to improve service to students and other participants in the student financial assistance programs authorized under subchapter IV of this chapter and part C of subchapter I of chapter 34 of title 42, including making those programs more understandable to students and their parents; (B) to reduce the costs of administering those programs; (C) to increase the accountability of the officials responsible for administering the operational aspects of these programs; (D) to provide greater flexibility in the management of the operational functions of the Federal student financial assistance programs; (E) to integrate the information systems supporting the Federal student financial assistance programs; (F) to implement an open, common, integrated system for the delivery of student financial assistance under subchapter IV of this chapter and part C of subchapter I of chapter 34 of title 42; and (G) to develop and maintain a student financial assistance system that contains complete, accurate, and timely data to ensure program integrity. (b) General authority (1) Authority of Secretary Notwithstanding any other provision of this part, the Secretary shall maintain responsibility for the development and promulgation of policy and regulations relating to the programs of student financial assistance under subchapter IV of this chapter and part C of subchapter I of chapter 34 of title 42. In the exercise of its functions, the PBO shall be subject to the direction of the Secretary. The Secretary shall - (A) request the advice of, and work in cooperation with, the Chief Operating Officer in developing regulations, policies, administrative guidance, or procedures affecting the information systems administered by the PBO, and other functions performed by the PBO; (B) request cost estimates from the Chief Operating Officer for system changes required by specific policies proposed by the Secretary; and (C) assist the Chief Operating Officer in identifying goals for the administration and modernization of the delivery system for student financial assistance under subchapter IV of this chapter and part C of subchapter I of chapter 34 of title 42. (2) PBO functions Subject to paragraph (1), the PBO shall be responsible for administration of the information and financial systems that support student financial assistance programs authorized under this subchapter, excluding the development of policy relating to such programs but including the following: (A) The administrative, accounting, and financial management functions of the delivery system for Federal student assistance, including - (i) the collection, processing and transmission of applicant data to students, institutions and authorized third parties, as provided for in section 1090 of this title; (ii) design and technical specifications for software development and systems supporting the delivery of student financial assistance under subchapter IV of this chapter and part C of subchapter I of chapter 34 of title 42; (iii) all software and hardware acquisitions and all information technology contracts related to the delivery and management of student financial assistance under subchapter IV of this chapter and part C of subchapter I of chapter 34 of title 42; (iv) all aspects of contracting for the information and financial systems supporting student financial assistance programs under this subchapter; and (v) providing all customer service, training, and user support related to systems that support those programs. (B) Annual development of a budget for the operations and services of the PBO, in consultation with the Secretary, and for consideration and inclusion in the Department's annual budget submission. (3) Additional functions The Secretary may allocate to the PBO such additional functions as the Secretary and the Chief Operating Officer determine are necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of the PBO. (4) Independence Subject to paragraph (1), in carrying out its functions, the PBO shall exercise independent control of its budget allocations and expenditures, personnel decisions and processes, procurements, and other administrative and management functions. (5) Audits and review The PBO shall be subject to the usual and customary Federal audit procedures and to review by the Inspector General of the Department. (6) Changes (A) In general The Secretary and the Chief Operating Officer shall consult concerning the effects of policy, market, or other changes on the ability of the PBO to achieve the goals and objectives established in the performance plan described in subsection (c) of this section. (B) Revisions to agreement The Secretary and the Chief Operating Officer may revise the annual performance agreement described in subsection (d)(4) of this section in light of policy, market, or other changes that occur after the Secretary and the Chief Operating Officer enter into the agreement. (c) Performance plan and report (1) Performance plan (A) In general Each year, the Secretary and Chief Operating Officer shall agree on, and make available to the public, a performance plan for the PBO for the succeeding 5 years that establishes measurable goals and objectives for the organization. (B) Consultation In developing the 5-year performance plan and any revision to the plan, the Secretary and the Chief Operating Officer shall consult with students, institutions of higher education, Congress, lenders, the Advisory Committee on Student Financial Assistance, and other interested parties not less than 30 days prior to the implementation of the performance plan or revision. (C) Areas The plan shall include a concise statement of the goals for a modernized system for the delivery of student financial assistance under subchapter IV of this chapter and part C of subchapter I of chapter 34 of title 42 and identify action steps necessary to achieve such goals. The plan shall address the PBO's responsibilities in the following areas: (i) Improving service Improving service to students and other participants in student financial aid programs authorized under this subchapter, including making those programs more understandable to students and their parents. (ii) Reducing costs Reducing the costs of administering those programs. (iii) Improvement and integration of support systems Improving and integrating the information and delivery systems that support those programs. (iv) Delivery and information system Developing an open, common, and integrated delivery and information system for programs authorized under this subchapter. (v) Other areas Any other areas identified by the Secretary. (2) Annual report Each year, the Chief Operating Officer shall prepare and submit to Congress, through the Secretary, an annual report on the performance of the PBO, including an evaluation of the extent to which the PBO met the goals and objectives contained in the 5- year performance plan described in paragraph (1) for the preceding year. The annual report shall include the following: (A) An independent financial audit of the expenditures of both the PBO and programs administered by the PBO. (B) Financial and performance requirements applicable to the PBO under the Chief Financial Officer Act of 1990 and the Government Performance and Results Act of 1993. (C) The results achieved by the PBO during the year relative to the goals established in the organization's performance plan. (D) The evaluation rating of the performance of the Chief Operating Officer and senior managers under subsections (d)(4) and (e)(2) of this section, including the amounts of bonus compensation awarded to these individuals. (E) Recommendations for legislative and regulatory changes to improve service to students and their families, and to improve program efficiency and integrity. (F) Other such information as the Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall prescribe for performance based organizations. (3) Consultation with stakeholders The Chief Operating Officer, in preparing the report described in paragraph (2), shall establish appropriate means to consult with borrowers, institutions, lenders, guaranty agencies, secondary markets, and others involved in the delivery system of student aid under this subchapter - (A) regarding the degree of satisfaction with the delivery system; and (B) to seek suggestions on means to improve the delivery system. (d) Chief Operating Officer (1) Appointment The management of the PBO shall be vested in a Chief Operating Officer who shall be appointed by the Secretary to a term of not less than 3 and not more than 5 years, and compensated without regard to chapters 33, 51, and 53 of title 5. The Secretary shall appoint the Chief Operating Officer within 6 months after October 7, 1998. The appointment shall be made on the basis of demonstrated management ability and expertise in information technology, including experience with financial systems, and without regard to political affiliation or activity. (2) Reappointment The Secretary may reappoint the Chief Operating Officer to subsequent terms of not less than 3 and not more than 5 years, so long as the performance of the Chief Operating Officer, as set forth in the performance agreement described in paragraph (4), is satisfactory. (3) Removal The Chief Operating Officer may be removed by - (A) the President; or (B) the Secretary, for misconduct or failure to meet performance goals set forth in the performance agreement in paragraph (4). The President or Secretary shall communicate the reasons for any such removal to the appropriate committees of Congress. (4) Performance agreement (A) In general Each year, the Secretary and the Chief Operating Officer shall enter into an annual performance agreement, that shall set forth measurable organization and individual goals for the Chief Operating Officer. (B) Transmittal The final agreement, and any revision to the final agreement, shall be transmitted to the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate, and made publicly available. (5) Compensation (A) In general The Chief Operating Officer is authorized to be paid at an annual rate of basic pay not to exceed the maximum rate of basic pay for the Senior Executive Service under section 5382 of title 5, including any applicable locality-based comparability payment that may be authorized under section 5304(h)(2)(B) of such title. The compensation of the Chief Operating Officer shall be considered for purposes of section 207(c)(2)(A) of title 18 to be the equivalent of that described under clause (ii) of section 207(c)(2)(A) of such title. (B) Bonus In addition, the Chief Operating Officer may receive a bonus in an amount that does not exceed 50 percent of such annual rate of basic pay, based upon the Secretary's evaluation of the Chief Operating Officer's performance in relation to the goals set forth in the performance agreement described in paragraph (2).(!1) (C) Payment Payment of a bonus under this (!2) subparagraph (B) may be made to the Chief Operating Officer only to the extent that such payment does not cause the Chief Operating Officer's total aggregate compensation in a calendar year to equal or exceed the amount of the President's salary under section 102 of title 3. (e) Senior management (1) Appointment (A) In general The Chief Operating Officer may appoint such senior managers as that officer determines necessary without regard to the provisions of title 5 governing appointments in the competitive service. (B) Compensation The senior managers described in subparagraph (A) may be paid without regard to the provisions of chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of such title relating to classification and General Schedule pay rates. (2) Performance agreement Each year, the Chief Operating Officer and each senior manager appointed under this subsection shall enter into an annual performance agreement that sets forth measurable organization and individual goals. The agreement shall be subject to review and renegotiation at the end of each term. (3) Compensation (A) In general A senior manager appointed under this subsection may be paid at an annual rate of basic pay of not more than the maximum rate of basic pay for the Senior Executive Service under section 5382 of title 5, including any applicable locality- based comparability payment that may be authorized under section 5304(h)(2)(C) of such title. The compensation of a senior manager shall be considered for purposes of section 207(c)(2)(A) of title 18 to be the equivalent of that described under clause (ii) of section 207(c)(2)(A) of such title. (B) Bonus In addition, a senior manager may receive a bonus in an amount such that the manager's total annual compensation does not exceed 125 percent of the maximum rate of basic pay for the Senior Executive Service, including any applicable locality- based comparability payment, based upon the Chief Operating Officer's evaluation of the manager's performance in relation to the goals set forth in the performance agreement described in paragraph (2). (4) Removal A senior manager shall be removable by the Chief Operating Officer, or by the Secretary if the position of Chief Operating Officer is vacant. (f) Student Loan Ombudsman (1) Appointment The Chief Operating Officer, in consultation with the Secretary, shall appoint a Student Loan Ombudsman to provide timely assistance to borrowers of loans made, insured, or guaranteed under subchapter IV of this chapter and part C of subchapter I of chapter 34 of title 42 by performing the functions described in paragraph (3). (2) Public information The Chief Operating Officer shall disseminate information about the availability and functions of the Ombudsman to borrowers and potential borrowers, as well as institutions of higher education, lenders, guaranty agencies, loan servicers, and other participants in those student loan programs. (3) Functions of Ombudsman The Ombudsman shall - (A) in accordance with regulations of the Secretary, receive, review, and attempt to resolve informally complaints from borrowers of loans described in paragraph (1), including, as appropriate, attempts to resolve such complaints within the Department of Education and with institutions of higher education, lenders, guaranty agencies, loan servicers, and other participants in the loan programs described in paragraph (1)(A); (!3) and (B) compile and analyze data on borrower complaints and make appropriate recommendations. (4) Report Each year, the Ombudsman shall submit a report to the Chief Operating Officer, for inclusion in the annual report under subsection (c)(2) of this section, that describes the activities, and evaluates the effectiveness of the Ombudsman during the preceding year. (g) Personnel flexibility (1) Personnel ceilings The PBO shall not be subject to any ceiling relating to the number or grade of employees. (2) Administrative flexibility The Chief Operating Officer shall work with the Office of Personnel Management to develop and implement personnel flexibilities in staffing, classification, and pay that meet the needs of the PBO, subject to compliance with title 5. (3) Excepted service The Chief Operating Officer may appoint, without regard to the provisions of title 5 governing appointments in the competitive service, not more than 25 technical and professional employees to administer the functions of the PBO. These employees may be paid without regard to the provisions of chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of such title relating to classification and General Schedule pay rates. (h) Establishment of fair and equitable system for measuring staff performance The PBO shall establish an annual performance management system, subject to compliance with title 5, and consistent with applicable provisions of law and regulations, which strengthens the organizational effectiveness of the PBO by providing for establishing goals or objectives for individual, group, or organizational performance (or any combination thereof), consistent with the performance plan of the PBO and its performance planning procedures, including those established under the Government Performance and Results Act of 1993, and communicating such goals or objectives to employees. (i) Report The Secretary and the Chief Operating Officer, not later than 180 days after October 7, 1998, shall report to Congress on the proposed budget and sources of funding for the operation of the PBO. (j) Authorization of appropriations The Secretary shall allocate from funds made available under section 1087h of this title such funds as are appropriate to the functions assumed by the PBO. In addition, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary to carry out the purposes of this part, including transition costs. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 141, as added Pub. L. 105-244, title I, Sec. 101(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1604.) -REFTEXT- REFERENCES IN TEXT The Chief Financial Officer Act of 1990, referred to in subsec. (c)(2)(B), probably means the Chief Financial Officers Act of 1990, Pub. L. 101-576, Nov. 15, 1990, 104 Stat. 2838. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1990 Amendment note set out under section 501 of Title 31, Money and Finance, and Tables. The Government Performance and Results Act of 1993, referred to in subsecs. (c)(2)(B) and (h), is Pub. L. 103-62, Aug. 3, 1993, 107 Stat. 285, which enacted section 306 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, sections 1115 to 1119, 9703, and 9704 of Title 31, Money and Finance, and sections 2801 to 2805 of Title 39, Postal Service, amended section 1105 of Title 31, and enacted provisions set out as notes under sections 1101 and 1115 of Title 31. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1993 Amendment note set out under section 1101 of Title 31 and Tables. The provisions of title 5 governing appointments in the competitive service, referred to in subsecs. (e)(1)(A) and (g)(3), are classified generally to section 3301 et seq. of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees. -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS A prior section 1018, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 141, as added Pub. L. 100-418, title VI, Sec. 6201, Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1514, set out purpose of former part D of this subchapter as being the development of student literacy corps programs, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102-325. Another prior section 1018, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 118, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title I, Sec. 101(a), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1382, defined terms used in former part D of this subchapter, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99-498. -CHANGE- CHANGE OF NAME Committee on Education and the Workforce of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Education and Labor of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Tenth Congress, Jan. 5, 2007. Committee on Labor and Human Resources of Senate changed to Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of Senate by Senate Resolution No. 20, One Hundred Sixth Congress, Jan. 19, 1999. -MISC2- STUDY OF MARKET MECHANISMS IN FEDERAL STUDENT LOAN PROGRAMS Pub. L. 105-244, title VIII, Sec. 801, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1803, directed the Comptroller General and Secretary of Education, in consultation with a study group, to design and conduct a study to identify and evaluate means of establishing a market mechanism for the delivery of certain student loans made pursuant to title IV of the Higher Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq., 42 U.S.C. 2751 et seq.) and to transmit a final report to congressional committees not later than May 15, 2001. -FOOTNOTE- (!1) So in original. Probably should be paragraph "(4)." (!2) So in original. The word "this" probably should not appear. (!3) So in original. Par. (1) does not contain a subpar. (A). -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1018a 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS Part D - Administrative Provisions for Delivery of Student Financial Assistance -HEAD- Sec. 1018a. Procurement flexibility -STATUTE- (a) Procurement authority Subject to the authority of the Secretary, the Chief Operating Officer of a PBO may exercise the authority of the Secretary to procure property and services in the performance of functions managed by the PBO. For the purposes of this section, the term "PBO" includes the Chief Operating Officer of the PBO and any employee of the PBO exercising procurement authority under the preceding sentence. (b) In general Except as provided in this section, the PBO shall abide by all applicable Federal procurement laws and regulations when procuring property and services. The PBO shall - (1) enter into contracts for information systems supporting the programs authorized under subchapter IV of this chapter and part C of subchapter I of chapter 34 of title 42 to carry out the functions set forth in section 1018(b)(2) of this title; and (2) obtain the services of experts and consultants without regard to section 3109 of title 5 and set pay in accordance with such section. (c) Service contracts (1) Performance-based servicing contracts The Chief Operating Officer shall, to the extent practicable, maximize the use of performance-based servicing contracts, consistent with guidelines for such contracts published by the Office of Federal Procurement Policy, to achieve cost savings and improve service. (2) Fee for service arrangements The Chief Operating Officer shall, when appropriate and consistent with the purposes of the PBO, acquire services related to the subchapter IV of this chapter and part C of subchapter I of chapter 34 of title 42 delivery system from any entity that has the capability and capacity to meet the requirements for the system. The Chief Operating Officer is authorized to pay fees that are equivalent to those paid by other entities to an organization that provides an information system or service that meets the requirements of the PBO, as determined by the Chief Operating Officer. (d) Two-phase source-selection procedures (1) In general The PBO may use a two-phase process for selecting a source for a procurement of property or services. (2) First phase The procedures for the first phase of the process for a procurement are as follows: (A) Publication of notice The contracting officer for the procurement shall publish a notice of the procurement in accordance with section 416 of title 41 and subsections (e), (f), and (g) of section 637 of title 15, except that the notice shall include only the following: (i) A general description of the scope or purpose of the procurement that provides sufficient information on the scope or purpose for sources to make informed business decisions regarding whether to participate in the procurement. (ii) A description of the basis on which potential sources are to be selected to submit offers in the second phase. (iii) A description of the information that is to be required under subparagraph (B). (iv) Any additional information that the contracting officer determines appropriate. (B) Information submitted by offerors Each offeror for the procurement shall submit basic information, such as information on the offeror's qualifications, the proposed conceptual approach, costs likely to be associated with the proposed conceptual approach, and past performance of the offeror on Federal Government contracts, together with any additional information that is requested by the contracting officer. (C) Selection for second phase The contracting officer shall select the offerors that are to be eligible to participate in the second phase of the process. The contracting officer shall limit the number of the selected offerors to the number of sources that the contracting officer determines is appropriate and in the best interests of the Federal Government. (3) Second phase (A) In general The contracting officer shall conduct the second phase of the source selection process in accordance with sections 253a and 253b of title 41. (B) Eligible participants Only the sources selected in the first phase of the process shall be eligible to participate in the second phase. (C) Single or multiple procurements The second phase may include a single procurement or multiple procurements within the scope, or for the purpose, described in the notice pursuant to paragraph (2)(A). (4) Procedures considered competitive The procedures used for selecting a source for a procurement under this subsection shall be considered competitive procedures for all purposes. (e) Use of simplified procedures for commercial items Whenever the PBO anticipates that commercial items will be offered for a procurement, the PBO may use (consistent with the special rules for commercial items) the special simplified procedures for the procurement without regard to - (1) any dollar limitation otherwise applicable to the use of those procedures; and (2) the expiration of the authority to use special simplified procedures under section 4202(e) of the Clinger-Cohen Act of 1996 (110 Stat. 654; 10 U.S.C. 2304 note). (f) Flexible wait periods and deadlines for submission of offers of noncommercial items (1) Authority In carrying out a procurement, the PBO may - (A) apply a shorter waiting period for the issuance of a solicitation after the publication of a notice under section 416 of title 41 than is required under subsection (a)(3)(A) of such section; and (B) notwithstanding subsection (a)(3) of such section, establish any deadline for the submission of bids or proposals that affords potential offerors a reasonable opportunity to respond to the solicitation. (2) Inapplicability to commercial items Paragraph (1) does not apply to a procurement of a commercial item. (3) Consistency with applicable international agreements If an international agreement is applicable to the procurement, any exercise of authority under paragraph (1) shall be consistent with the international agreement. (g) Modular contracting (1) In general The PBO may satisfy the requirements of the PBO for a system incrementally by carrying out successive procurements of modules of the system. In doing so, the PBO may use procedures authorized under this subsection to procure any such module after the first module. (2) Utility requirement A module may not be procured for a system under this subsection unless the module is useful independently of the other modules or useful in combination with another module previously procured for the system. (3) Conditions for use of authority The PBO may use procedures authorized under paragraph (4) for the procurement of an additional module for a system if - (A) competitive procedures were used for awarding the contract for the procurement of the first module for the system; and (B) the solicitation for the first module included - (i) a general description of the entire system that was sufficient to provide potential offerors with reasonable notice of the general scope of future modules; (ii) other information sufficient for potential offerors to make informed business judgments regarding whether to submit offers for the contract for the first module; and (iii) a statement that procedures authorized under this subsection could be used for awarding subsequent contracts for the procurement of additional modules for the system. (4) Procedures If the procurement of the first module for a system meets the requirements set forth in paragraph (3), the PBO may award a contract for the procurement of an additional module for the system using any of the following procedures: (A) Sole source Award of the contract on a sole-source basis to a contractor who was awarded a contract for a module previously procured for the system under competitive procedures or procedures authorized under subparagraph (B). (B) Adequate competition Award of the contract on the basis of offers made by - (i) a contractor who was awarded a contract for a module previously procured for the system after having been selected for award of the contract under this subparagraph or other competitive procedures; and (ii) at least one other offeror that submitted an offer for a module previously procured for the system and is expected, on the basis of the offer for the previously procured module, to submit a competitive offer for the additional module. (C) Other Award of the contract under any other procedure authorized by law. (5) Notice requirement (A) Publication Not less than 30 days before issuing a solicitation for offers for a contract for a module for a system under procedures authorized under subparagraph (A) or (B) of paragraph (4), the PBO shall publish in the Commerce Business Daily a notice of the intent to use such procedures to enter into the contract. (B) Exception Publication of a notice is not required under this paragraph with respect to a use of procedures authorized under paragraph (4) if the contractor referred to in that subparagraph (who is to be solicited to submit an offer) has previously provided a module for the system under a contract that contained cost, schedule, and performance goals and the contractor met those goals. (C) Content of notice A notice published under subparagraph (A) with respect to a use of procedures described in paragraph (4) shall contain the information required under section 416(b) of title 41, other than paragraph (4) of such section, and shall invite the submission of any assertion that the use of the procedures for the procurement involved is not in the best interest of the Federal Government together with information supporting the assertion. (6) Documentation The basis for an award of a contract under this subsection shall be documented. However, a justification pursuant to section 253(f) of title 41 or section 637(h) of title 15 is not required. (7) Simplified source-selection procedures The PBO may award a contract under any other simplified procedures prescribed by the PBO for the selection of sources for the procurement of modules for a system, after the first module, that are not to be procured under a contract awarded on a sole- source basis. (h) Use of simplified procedures for small business set-asides for services other than commercial items (1) Authority The PBO may use special simplified procedures for a procurement of services that are not commercial items if - (A) the procurement is in an amount not greater than $1,000,000; (B) the procurement is conducted as a small business set- aside pursuant to section 644(a) of title 15; and (C) the price charged for supplies associated with the services procured are items of supply expected to be less than 20 percent of the total contract price. (2) Inapplicability to certain procurements The authority set forth in paragraph (1) may not be used for - (A) an award of a contract on a sole-source basis; or (B) a contract for construction. (i) Guidance for use of authority (1) Issuance by PBO The Chief Operating Officer of the PBO, in consultation with the Administrator for Federal Procurement Policy, shall issue guidance for the use by PBO personnel of the authority provided in this section. (2) Guidance from OFPP As part of the consultation required under paragraph (1), the Administrator for Federal Procurement Policy shall provide the PBO with guidance that is designed to ensure, to the maximum extent practicable, that the authority under this section is exercised by the PBO in a manner that is consistent with the exercise of the authority by the heads of the other performance- based organizations. (3) Compliance with OFPP guidance The head of the PBO shall ensure that the procurements of the PBO under this section are carried out in a manner that is consistent with the guidance provided for the PBO under paragraph (2). (j) Limitation on multiagency contracting No department or agency of the Federal Government may purchase property or services under contracts entered into or administered by a PBO under this section unless the purchase is approved in advance by the senior procurement official of that department or agency who is responsible for purchasing by the department or agency. (k) Laws not affected Nothing in this section shall be construed to waive laws for the enforcement of civil rights or for the establishment and enforcement of labor standards that are applicable to contracts of the Federal Government. (l) Definitions In this section: (1) Commercial item The term "commercial item" has the meaning given the term in section 403(12) of title 41. (2) Competitive procedures The term "competitive procedures" has the meaning given the term in section 259(b) of title 41. (3) Sole-source basis The term "sole-source basis", with respect to an award of a contract, means that the contract is awarded to a source after soliciting an offer or offers from, and negotiating with, only that source. (4) Special rules for commercial items The term "special rules for commercial items" means the regulations set forth in the Federal Acquisition Regulation pursuant to section 253(g)(1) of title 41 and section 427 of title 41. (5) Special simplified procedures The term "special simplified procedures" means the procedures applicable to purchases of property and services for amounts not greater than the simplified acquisition threshold that are set forth in the Federal Acquisition Regulation pursuant to section 253(g)(1)(B) of title 41 and section 427(a)(1) of title 41. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 142, as added Pub. L. 105-244, title I, Sec. 101(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1611.) -REFTEXT- REFERENCES IN TEXT Section 4202(e) of the Clinger-Cohen Act of 1996, referred to in subsec. (e)(2), is section 4202(e) of Pub. L. 104-106, which is set out as a note under section 2304 of Title 10, Armed Forces. -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS A prior section 1018a, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 142, as added Pub. L. 100-418, title VI, Sec. 6201, Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1515, related to grants for literacy corps programs, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102-325. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1018b 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER I - GENERAL PROVISIONS Part D - Administrative Provisions for Delivery of Student Financial Assistance -HEAD- Sec. 1018b. Administrative simplification of student aid delivery -STATUTE- (a) In general In order to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of the student aid delivery system, the Secretary and the Chief Operating Officer shall encourage and participate in the establishment of voluntary consensus standards and requirements for the electronic transmission of information necessary for the administration of programs under subchapter IV of this chapter and part C of subchapter I of chapter 34 of title 42. (b) Participation in standard setting organizations (1) The Chief Operating Officer shall participate in the activities of standard setting organizations in carrying out the provisions of this section. (2) The Chief Operating Officer shall encourage higher education groups seeking to develop common forms, standards, and procedures in support of the delivery of Federal student financial assistance to conduct these activities within a standard setting organization. (3) The Chief Operating Officer may pay necessary dues and fees associated with participating in standard setting organizations pursuant to this subsection. (c) Adoption of voluntary consensus standards Except with respect to the common financial reporting form under section 1090(a) of this title, the Secretary shall consider adopting voluntary consensus standards agreed to by the organization described in subsection (b) of this section for transactions required under subchapter IV of this chapter and part C of subchapter I of chapter 34 of title 42, and common data elements for such transactions, to enable information to be exchanged electronically between systems administered by the Department and among participants in the Federal student aid delivery system. (d) Use of clearinghouses Nothing in this section shall restrict the ability of participating institutions and lenders from using a clearinghouse or servicer to comply with the standards for the exchange of information established under this section. (e) Data security Any entity that maintains or transmits information under a transaction covered by this section shall maintain reasonable and appropriate administrative, technical, and physical safeguards - (1) to ensure the integrity and confidentiality of the information; and (2) to protect against any reasonably anticipated security threats, or unauthorized uses or disclosures of the information. (f) Definitions (1) Clearinghouse The term "clearinghouse" means a public or private entity that processes or facilitates the processing of nonstandard data elements into data elements conforming to standards adopted under this section. (2) Standard setting organization The term "standard setting organization" means an organization that - (A) is accredited by the American National Standards Institute; (B) develops standards for information transactions, data elements, or any other standard that is necessary to, or will facilitate, the implementation of this section; and (C) is open to the participation of the various entities engaged in the delivery of Federal student financial assistance. (3) Voluntary consensus standard The term "voluntary consensus standard" means a standard developed or used by a standard setting organization described in paragraph (2). -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 143, as added Pub. L. 105-244, title I, Sec. 101(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1615.) -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS Prior sections 1018b to 1018f were omitted in the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102-325. Section 1018b, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 143, as added Pub. L. 100-418, title VI, Sec. 6201, Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1515, related to use of funds. Section 1018c, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 144, as added Pub. L. 100-418, title VI, Sec. 6201, Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1515; Pub. L. 101-610, title II, Sec. 221(a), (b), Nov. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 3180, related to applications. Section 1018d, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 145, as added Pub. L. 100-418, title VI, Sec. 6201, Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1516, related to technical assistance and coordination contracts. Section 1018e, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 146, as added Pub. L. 100-418, title VI, Sec. 6201, Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1516; Pub. L. 101-305, Sec. 5, May 30, 1990, 104 Stat. 258; Pub. L. 101- 610, title II, Sec. 221(c), Nov. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 3180, related to authorization of appropriations. Section 1018f, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 147, as added Pub. L. 100-418, title VI, Sec. 6201, Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1516, defined "public community agency", "institution of higher education" and "Secretary". A prior section 1019, Pub. L. 89-329, title I, Sec. 119, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title I, Sec. 101(a), Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1383, authorized appropriations for education outreach programs, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99-498. -End- -CITE- 20 USC SUBCHAPTER II - TEACHER QUALITY ENHANCEMENT 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER II - TEACHER QUALITY ENHANCEMENT -HEAD- SUBCHAPTER II - TEACHER QUALITY ENHANCEMENT -COD- CODIFICATION Pub. L. 107-110, title X, Sec. 1051(1), Jan. 8, 2002, 115 Stat. 2080, added heading and struck out former heading which read as follows: "TEACHER QUALITY ENHANCEMENT GRANTS FOR STATES AND PARTNERSHIPS". -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS A prior title II of the Higher Education Act of 1965, comprising this subchapter, was originally enacted by Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1224, and amended by Pub. L. 89-752, Nov. 3, 1966, 80 Stat. 1240; Pub. L. 90-575, Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1014; Pub. L. 91-230, Apr. 13, 1970, 84 Stat. 121; Pub. L. 92- 318, June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 235; Pub. L. 94-482, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2081; Pub. L. 96-49; Aug. 13, 1979, 93 Stat. 351. Title II was extensively revised by Pub. L. 96-374, title II, Sec. 201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1383, and was set out in this subchapter as having been added by Pub. L. 96-374, and amended, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 104-208, div. A, title I, Sec. 101(e) [title VII, Sec. 708(b)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009-233, 3009-312. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Part A - Teacher Quality Enhancement Grants for States and Partnerships 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER II - TEACHER QUALITY ENHANCEMENT Part A - Teacher Quality Enhancement Grants for States and Partnerships -HEAD- PART A - TEACHER QUALITY ENHANCEMENT GRANTS FOR STATES AND PARTNERSHIPS -COD- CODIFICATION Pub. L. 107-110, title X, Sec. 1051(1), Jan. 8, 2002, 115 Stat. 2080, added heading. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1021 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER II - TEACHER QUALITY ENHANCEMENT Part A - Teacher Quality Enhancement Grants for States and Partnerships -HEAD- Sec. 1021. Purposes; definitions -STATUTE- (a) Purposes The purposes of this part are to - (1) improve student achievement; (2) improve the quality of the current and future teaching force by improving the preparation of prospective teachers and enhancing professional development activities; (3) hold institutions of higher education accountable for preparing teachers who have the necessary teaching skills and are highly competent in the academic content areas in which the teachers plan to teach, such as mathematics, science, English, foreign languages, history, economics, art, civics, Government, and geography, including training in the effective uses of technology in the classroom; and (4) recruit highly qualified individuals, including individuals from other occupations, into the teaching force. (b) Definitions In this part: (1) Arts and sciences The term "arts and sciences" means - (A) when referring to an organizational unit of an institution of higher education, any academic unit that offers 1 or more academic majors in disciplines or content areas corresponding to the academic subject matter areas in which teachers provide instruction; and (B) when referring to a specific academic subject matter area, the disciplines or content areas in which academic majors are offered by the arts and science organizational unit. (2) High need local educational agency The term "high need local educational agency" means a local educational agency that serves an elementary school or secondary school located in an area in which there is - (A) a high percentage of individuals from families with incomes below the poverty line; (B) a high percentage of secondary school teachers not teaching in the content area in which the teachers were trained to teach; or (C) a high teacher turnover rate. (3) Poverty line The term "poverty line" means the poverty line (as defined by the Office of Management and Budget, and revised annually in accordance with section 9902(2) of title 42) applicable to a family of the size involved. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 201, as added Pub. L. 105-244, title II, Sec. 201, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1623; amended Pub. L. 107-110, title X, Sec. 1051(2), Jan. 8, 2002, 115 Stat. 2080.) -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS A prior section 1021, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 201, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title II, Sec. 201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1383; amended Pub. L. 99-498, title II, Sec. 201(b), (c), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1287; Pub. L. 100-418, title VI, Sec. 6241, Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1520; Pub. L. 102-325, title II, Sec. 201, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 467, related to congressional statement of purpose and authorization of appropriations, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 104-208, div. A, title I, Sec. 101(e) [title VII, Sec. 708(b)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009-233, 3009-312. Another prior section 1021, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 201, as added Pub. L. 92-318, title I, Sec. 111(b)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 238; amended Pub. L. 94-482, title I, Sec. 106, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2089; Pub. L. 96-49, Sec. 3(a), Aug. 13, 1979, 93 Stat. 351, provided for college library programs, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96-374. Another prior section 1021, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 201, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1224; Pub. L. 90-575, title II, Sec. 211, Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1036; Pub. L. 92-318, title I, Sec. 111(a)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 238, authorized appropriations of $50,000,000 for each fiscal year ending June 30, 1966, 1967, and 1968, and $25,000,000; $75,000,000; $90,000,000; and $18,000,000 for fiscal years ending June 30, 1969, 1970, 1971, and 1972, for library resources grants, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 92-318, title I, Sec. 111(b)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 238. AMENDMENTS 2002 - Subsecs. (a), (b). Pub. L. 107-110 substituted "this part" for "this subchapter" in introductory provisions. EFFECTIVE DATE OF 2002 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 107-110 effective Jan. 8, 2002, except with respect to certain noncompetitive programs and competitive programs, see section 5 of Pub. L. 107-110, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6301 of this title. EFFECTIVE DATE Subchapter effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105-244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105-244, set out as an Effective Date of 1998 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1022 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER II - TEACHER QUALITY ENHANCEMENT Part A - Teacher Quality Enhancement Grants for States and Partnerships -HEAD- Sec. 1022. State grants -STATUTE- (a) In general From amounts made available under section 1030(1) of this title for a fiscal year, the Secretary is authorized to award grants under this section, on a competitive basis, to eligible States to enable the eligible States to carry out the activities described in subsection (d) of this section. (b) Eligible State (1) Definition In this part, the term "eligible State" means - (A) the Governor of a State; or (B) in the case of a State for which the constitution or law of such State designates another individual, entity, or agency in the State to be responsible for teacher certification and preparation activity, such individual, entity, or agency. (2) Consultation The Governor and the individual, entity, or agency designated under paragraph (1) shall consult with the Governor, State board of education, State educational agency, or State agency for higher education, as appropriate, with respect to the activities assisted under this section. (3) Construction Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to negate or supersede the legal authority under State law of any State agency, State entity, or State public official over programs that are under the jurisdiction of the agency, entity, or official. (c) Application To be eligible to receive a grant under this section, an eligible State shall, at the time of the initial grant application, submit an application to the Secretary that - (1) meets the requirement of this section; (2) includes a description of how the eligible State intends to use funds provided under this section; and (3) contains such other information and assurances as the Secretary may require. (d) Uses of funds An eligible State that receives a grant under this section shall use the grant funds to reform teacher preparation requirements, and to ensure that current and future teachers possess the necessary teaching skills and academic content knowledge in the subject areas in which the teachers are assigned to teach, by carrying out 1 or more of the following activities: (1) Reforms Implementing reforms that hold institutions of higher education with teacher preparation programs accountable for preparing teachers who are highly competent in the academic content areas in which the teachers plan to teach, and possess strong teaching skills, which may include the use of rigorous subject matter competency tests and the requirement that a teacher have an academic major in the subject area, or related discipline, in which the teacher plans to teach. (2) Certification or licensure requirements Reforming teacher certification or licensure requirements to ensure that teachers have the necessary teaching skills and academic content knowledge in the subject areas in which teachers are assigned to teach. (3) Alternatives to traditional preparation for teaching Providing prospective teachers with alternatives to traditional preparation for teaching through programs at colleges of arts and sciences or at nonprofit educational organizations. (4) Alternative routes to State certification Carrying out programs that - (A) include support during the initial teaching experience; and (B) establish, expand, or improve alternative routes to State certification of teachers for highly qualified individuals, including mid-career professionals from other occupations, paraprofessionals, former military personnel and recent college graduates with records of academic distinction. (5) Recruitment; pay; removal Developing and implementing effective mechanisms to ensure that local educational agencies and schools are able to effectively recruit highly qualified teachers, to financially reward those teachers and principals whose students have made significant progress toward high academic performance, such as through performance-based compensation systems and access to ongoing professional development opportunities for teachers and administrators, and to expeditiously remove incompetent or unqualified teachers consistent with procedures to ensure due process for the teachers. (6) Social promotion Development and implementation of efforts to address the problem of social promotion and to prepare teachers to effectively address the issues raised by ending the practice of social promotion. (7) Recruitment Activities described in section 1024(d) of this title. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 202, as added Pub. L. 105-244, title II, Sec. 201, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1624; amended Pub. L. 107-110, title X, Sec. 1051(2), Jan. 8, 2002, 115 Stat. 2080.) -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS A prior section 1022, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 202, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title II, Sec. 201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1384; amended Pub. L. 102-325, title II, Sec. 201, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 468, required each institution of higher education receiving grants under this subchapter to annually notify designated State agency of its activities under this subchapter, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 104-208, div. A, title I, Sec. 101(e) [title VII, Sec. 708(b)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009-233, 3009- 312. Another prior section 1022, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 202, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1224; Pub. L. 89-752, Sec. 9, Nov. 3, 1966, 80 Stat. 1243; Pub. L. 90-575, title II, Sec. 214(a), Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1037; Pub. L. 92-318, title I, Secs. 111(b)(2)(A), 112(a), (b)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 238, 240, related to the basic grants for the college library resources program, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96-374. AMENDMENTS 2002 - Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 107-110 substituted "this part" for "this subchapter" in introductory provisions. EFFECTIVE DATE OF 2002 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 107-110 effective Jan. 8, 2002, except with respect to certain noncompetitive programs and competitive programs, see section 5 of Pub. L. 107-110, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6301 of this title. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1023 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER II - TEACHER QUALITY ENHANCEMENT Part A - Teacher Quality Enhancement Grants for States and Partnerships -HEAD- Sec. 1023. Partnership grants -STATUTE- (a) Grants From amounts made available under section 1030(2) of this title for a fiscal year, the Secretary is authorized to award grants under this section, on a competitive basis, to eligible partnerships to enable the eligible partnerships to carry out the activities described in subsections (d) and (e) of this section. (b) Definitions (1) Eligible partnerships In this part, the term "eligible partnerships" means an entity that - (A) shall include - (i) a partner institution; (ii) a school of arts and sciences; and (iii) a high need local educational agency; and (B) may include a Governor, State educational agency, the State board of education, the State agency for higher education, an institution of higher education not described in subparagraph (A), a public charter school, a public or private elementary school or secondary school, a public or private nonprofit educational organization, a business, a teacher organization, or a prekindergarten program. (2) Partner institution In this section, the term "partner institution" means a private independent or State-supported public institution of higher education, the teacher training program of which demonstrates that - (A) graduates from the teacher training program exhibit strong performance on State-determined qualifying assessments for new teachers through - (i) demonstrating that 80 percent or more of the graduates of the program who intend to enter the field of teaching have passed all of the applicable State qualification assessments for new teachers, which shall include an assessment of each prospective teacher's subject matter knowledge in the content area or areas in which the teacher intends to teach; or (ii) being ranked among the highest-performing teacher preparation programs in the State as determined by the State - (I) using criteria consistent with the requirements for the State report card under section 1027(b) of this title; and (II) using the State report card on teacher preparation required under section 1027(b) of this title, after the first publication of such report card and for every year thereafter; or (B) the teacher training program requires all the students of the program to participate in intensive clinical experience, to meet high academic standards, and - (i) in the case of secondary school candidates, to successfully complete an academic major in the subject area in which the candidate intends to teach or to demonstrate competence through a high level of performance in relevant content areas; and (ii) in the case of elementary school candidates, to successfully complete an academic major in the arts and sciences or to demonstrate competence through a high level of performance in core academic subject areas. (c) Application Each eligible partnership desiring a grant under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and accompanied by such information as the Secretary may require. Each such application shall - (1) contain a needs assessment of all the partners with respect to teaching and learning and a description of how the partnership will coordinate with other teacher training or professional development programs, and how the activities of the partnership will be consistent with State, local, and other education reform activities that promote student achievement; (2) contain a resource assessment that describes the resources available to the partnership, the intended use of the grant funds, including a description of how the grant funds will be fairly distributed in accordance with subsection (f) of this section, and the commitment of the resources of the partnership to the activities assisted under this part, including financial support, faculty participation, time commitments, and continuation of the activities when the grant ends; and (3) contain a description of - (A) how the partnership will meet the purposes of this part; (B) how the partnership will carry out the activities required under subsection (d) of this section and any permissible activities under subsection (e) of this section; and (C) the partnership's evaluation plan pursuant to section 1026(b) of this title. (d) Required uses of funds An eligible partnership that receives a grant under this section shall use the grant funds to carry out the following activities: (1) Reforms Implementing reforms within teacher preparation programs to hold the programs accountable for preparing teachers who are highly competent in the academic content areas in which the teachers plan to teach, and for promoting strong teaching skills, including working with a school of arts and sciences and integrating reliable research-based teaching methods into the curriculum, which curriculum shall include programs designed to successfully integrate technology into teaching and learning. (2) Clinical experience and interaction Providing sustained and high quality preservice clinical experience including the mentoring of prospective teachers by veteran teachers, and substantially increasing interaction between faculty at institutions of higher education and new and experienced teachers, principals, and other administrators at elementary schools or secondary schools, and providing support, including preparation time, for such interaction. (3) Professional development Creating opportunities for enhanced and ongoing professional development that improves the academic content knowledge of teachers in the subject areas in which the teachers are certified to teach or in which the teachers are working toward certification to teach, and that promotes strong teaching skills. (e) Allowable uses of funds An eligible partnership that receives a grant under this section may use such funds to carry out the following activities: (1) Teacher preparation and parent involvement Preparing teachers to work with diverse student populations, including individuals with disabilities and limited English proficient individuals, and involving parents in the teacher preparation program reform process. (2) Dissemination and coordination Broadly disseminating information on effective practices used by the partnership, and coordinating with the activities of the Governor, State board of education, State higher education agency, and State educational agency, as appropriate. (3) Managerial and leadership skills Developing and implementing proven mechanisms to provide principals and superintendents with effective managerial and leadership skills that result in increased student achievement. (4) Teacher recruitment Activities described in section 1024(d) of this title. (f) Special rule No individual member of an eligible partnership shall retain more than 50 percent of the funds made available to the partnership under this section. (g) Construction Nothing in this section shall be construed to prohibit an eligible partnership from using grant funds to coordinate with the activities of more than one Governor, State board of education, State educational agency, local educational agency, or State agency for higher education. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 203, as added Pub. L. 105-244, title II, Sec. 201, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1625; amended Pub. L. 107-110, title X, Sec. 1051(2), Jan. 8, 2002, 115 Stat. 2080.) -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS A prior section 1023, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 203, as added Pub. L. 102-325, title II, Sec. 201, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 468, required Secretary to ensure that programs under this subchapter were administered by appropriate library experts, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 104-208, div. A, title I, Sec. 101(e) [title VII, Sec. 708(b)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009-233, 3009-312. Another prior section 1023, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 203, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1225; Pub. L. 90-575, title II, Sec. 212(a), Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1036; Pub. L. 92-318, title I, Secs. 111(b)(2)(B), 112(b)(2), 113(a), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 239, 240, provided for supplemental grants in the college library resources program, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96-374. AMENDMENTS 2002 - Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 107-110 substituted "this part" for "this subchapter" in introductory provisions. Subsec. (c)(2), (3)(A). Pub. L. 107-110 substituted "this part" for "this subchapter". EFFECTIVE DATE OF 2002 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 107-110 effective Jan. 8, 2002, except with respect to certain noncompetitive programs and competitive programs, see section 5 of Pub. L. 107-110, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6301 of this title. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1024 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER II - TEACHER QUALITY ENHANCEMENT Part A - Teacher Quality Enhancement Grants for States and Partnerships -HEAD- Sec. 1024. Teacher recruitment grants -STATUTE- (a) Program authorized From amounts made available under section 1030(3) of this title for a fiscal year, the Secretary is authorized to award grants, on a competitive basis, to eligible applicants to enable the eligible applicants to carry out activities described in subsection (d) of this section. (b) "Eligible applicant" defined In this part, the term "eligible applicant" means - (1) an eligible State described in section 1022(b) of this title; or (2) an eligible partnership described in section 1023(b) of this title. (c) Application Any eligible applicant desiring to receive a grant under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such form, and containing such information as the Secretary may require, including - (1) a description of the assessment that the eligible applicant, and the other entities with whom the eligible applicant will carry out the grant activities, have undertaken to determine the most critical needs of the participating high-need local educational agencies; (2) a description of the activities the eligible applicant will carry out with the grant; and (3) a description of the eligible applicant's plan for continuing the activities carried out with the grant, once Federal funding ceases. (d) Uses of funds Each eligible applicant receiving a grant under this section shall use the grant funds - (1)(A) to award scholarships to help students pay the costs of tuition, room, board, and other expenses of completing a teacher preparation program; (B) to provide support services, if needed to enable scholarship recipients to complete postsecondary education programs; and (C) for followup services provided to former scholarship recipients during the recipients first 3 years of teaching; or (2) to develop and implement effective mechanisms to ensure that high need local educational agencies and schools are able to effectively recruit highly qualified teachers. (e) Service requirements The Secretary shall establish such requirements as the Secretary finds necessary to ensure that recipients of scholarships under this section who complete teacher education programs subsequently teach in a high-need local educational agency, for a period of time equivalent to the period for which the recipients receive scholarship assistance, or repay the amount of the scholarship. The Secretary shall use any such repayments to carry out additional activities under this section. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 204, as added Pub. L. 105-244, title II, Sec. 201, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1627; amended Pub. L. 107-110, title X, Sec. 1051(2), Jan. 8, 2002, 115 Stat. 2080.) -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS A prior section 1024, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 204, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1226; Pub. L. 90-575, title II, Sec. 212(b), (c), 213(a), Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1036; Pub. L. 92-318, title I, Sec. 111(b)(2)(C), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 239, provided for special purpose grants in the college library resources program, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96-374. AMENDMENTS 2002 - Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 107-110 substituted "this part" for "this subchapter" in introductory provisions. EFFECTIVE DATE OF 2002 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 107-110 effective Jan. 8, 2002, except with respect to certain noncompetitive programs and competitive programs, see section 5 of Pub. L. 107-110, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6301 of this title. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1025 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER II - TEACHER QUALITY ENHANCEMENT Part A - Teacher Quality Enhancement Grants for States and Partnerships -HEAD- Sec. 1025. Administrative provisions -STATUTE- (a) Duration; one-time awards; payments (1) Duration (A) Eligible States and eligible applicants Grants awarded to eligible States and eligible applicants under this part shall be awarded for a period not to exceed 3 years. (B) Eligible partnerships Grants awarded to eligible partnerships under this part shall be awarded for a period of 5 years. (2) One-time award An eligible State and an eligible partnership may receive a grant under each of sections 1022, 1023, and 1024 of this title only once. (3) Payments The Secretary shall make annual payments of grant funds awarded under this part. (b) Peer review (1) Panel The Secretary shall provide the applications submitted under this part to a peer review panel for evaluation. With respect to each application, the peer review panel shall initially recommend the application for funding or for disapproval. (2) Priority In recommending applications to the Secretary for funding under this part, the panel shall - (A) with respect to grants under section 1022 of this title, give priority to eligible States serving States that - (i) have initiatives to reform State teacher certification requirements that are designed to ensure that current and future teachers possess the necessary teaching skills and academic content knowledge in the subject areas in which the teachers are certified or licensed to teach; (ii) include innovative reforms to hold institutions of higher education with teacher preparation programs accountable for preparing teachers who are highly competent in the academic content area in which the teachers plan to teach and have strong teaching skills; or (iii) involve the development of innovative efforts aimed at reducing the shortage of highly qualified teachers in high poverty urban and rural areas; (B) with respect to grants under section 1023 of this title - (i) give priority to applications from eligible partnerships that involve businesses; and (ii) take into consideration - (I) providing an equitable geographic distribution of the grants throughout the United States; and (II) the potential of the proposed activities for creating improvement and positive change. (3) Secretarial selection The Secretary shall determine, based on the peer review process, which application shall receive funding and the amounts of the grants. In determining grant amounts, the Secretary shall take into account the total amount of funds available for all grants under this part and the types of activities proposed to be carried out. (c) Matching requirements (1) State grants Each eligible State receiving a grant under section 1022 or 1024 of this title shall provide, from non-Federal sources, an amount equal to 50 percent of the amount of the grant (in cash or in kind) to carry out the activities supported by the grant. (2) Partnership grants Each eligible partnership receiving a grant under section 1023 or 1024 of this title shall provide, from non-Federal sources (in cash or in kind), an amount equal to 25 percent of the grant for the first year of the grant, 35 percent of the grant for the second year of the grant, and 50 percent of the grant for each succeeding year of the grant. (d) Limitation on administrative expenses An eligible State or eligible partnership that receives a grant under this part may not use more than 2 percent of the grant funds for purposes of administering the grant. (e) Teacher qualifications provided to parents upon request Any local educational agency or school that benefits from the activities assisted under this part shall make available, upon request and in an understandable and uniform format, to any parent of a student attending any school served by the local educational agency, information regarding the qualification of the student's classroom teacher with regard to the subject matter in which the teacher provides instruction. The local educational agency shall inform parents that the parents are entitled to receive the information upon request. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 205, as added Pub. L. 105-244, title II, Sec. 201, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1628; amended Pub. L. 107-110, title X, Sec. 1051(2), Jan. 8, 2002, 115 Stat. 2080.) -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS A prior section 1025, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 205, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1226; Pub. L. 91-230, title IV, Sec. 401(h)(4), Apr. 13, 1970, 84 Stat. 174, created the Advisory Council on College Library Resources, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96-374. AMENDMENTS 2002 - Subsecs. (a)(1), (b), (d), (e). Pub. L. 107-110 substituted "this part" for "this subchapter" wherever appearing. EFFECTIVE DATE OF 2002 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 107-110 effective Jan. 8, 2002, except with respect to certain noncompetitive programs and competitive programs, see section 5 of Pub. L. 107-110, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6301 of this title. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1026 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER II - TEACHER QUALITY ENHANCEMENT Part A - Teacher Quality Enhancement Grants for States and Partnerships -HEAD- Sec. 1026. Accountability and evaluation -STATUTE- (a) State grant accountability report An eligible State that receives a grant under section 1022 of this title shall submit an annual accountability report to the Secretary, the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate, and the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives. Such report shall include a description of the degree to which the eligible State, in using funds provided under such section, has made substantial progress in meeting the following goals: (1) Student achievement Increasing student achievement for all students as defined by the eligible State. (2) Raising standards Raising the State academic standards required to enter the teaching profession, including, where appropriate, through the use of incentives to incorporate the requirement of an academic major in the subject, or related discipline, in which the teacher plans to teach. (3) Initial certification or licensure Increasing success in the pass rate for initial State teacher certification or licensure, or increasing the numbers of highly qualified individuals being certified or licensed as teachers through alternative programs. (4) Core academic subjects (A) Secondary school classes Increasing the percentage of secondary school classes taught in core academic subject areas by teachers - (i) with academic majors in those areas or in a related field; (ii) who can demonstrate a high level of competence through rigorous academic subject area tests; or (iii) who can demonstrate competence through a high level of performance in relevant content areas. (B) Elementary school classes Increasing the percentage of elementary school classes taught by teachers - (i) with academic majors in the arts and sciences; or (ii) who can demonstrate competence through a high level of performance in core academic subjects. (5) Decreasing teacher shortages Decreasing shortages of qualified teachers in poor urban and rural areas. (6) Increasing opportunities for professional development Increasing opportunities for enhanced and ongoing professional development that improves the academic content knowledge of teachers in the subject areas in which the teachers are certified or licensed to teach or in which the teachers are working toward certification or licensure to teach, and that promotes strong teaching skills. (7) Technology integration Increasing the number of teachers prepared to integrate technology in the classroom. (b) Eligible partnership evaluation Each eligible partnership receiving a grant under section 1023 of this title shall establish and include in the application submitted under section 1023(c) of this title, an evaluation plan that includes strong performance objectives. The plan shall include objectives and measures for - (1) increased student achievement for all students as measured by the partnership; (2) increased teacher retention in the first 3 years of a teacher's career; (3) increased success in the pass rate for initial State certification or licensure of teachers; and (4) increased percentage of secondary school classes taught in core academic subject areas by teachers - (A) with academic majors in the areas or in a related field; and (B) who can demonstrate a high level of competence through rigorous academic subject area tests or who can demonstrate competence through a high level of performance in relevant content areas; (5) increasing the percentage of elementary school classes taught by teachers with academic majors in the arts and sciences or who demonstrate competence through a high level of performance in core academic subject areas; and (6) increasing the number of teachers trained in technology. (c) Revocation of grant (1) Report Each eligible State or eligible partnership receiving a grant under this part shall report annually on the progress of the eligible State or eligible partnership toward meeting the purposes of this part and the goals, objectives, and measures described in subsections (a) and (b) of this section. (2) Revocation (A) Eligible States and eligible applicants If the Secretary determines that an eligible State or eligible applicant is not making substantial progress in meeting the purposes, goals, objectives, and measures, as appropriate, by the end of the second year of a grant under this part, then the grant payment shall not be made for the third year of the grant. (B) Eligible partnerships If the Secretary determines that an eligible partnership is not making substantial progress in meeting the purposes, goals, objectives, and measures, as appropriate, by the end of the third year of a grant under this part, then the grant payments shall not be made for any succeeding year of the grant. (d) Evaluation and dissemination The Secretary shall evaluate the activities funded under this part and report the Secretary's findings regarding the activities to the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate and the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives. The Secretary shall broadly disseminate successful practices developed by eligible States and eligible partnerships under this part, and shall broadly disseminate information regarding such practices that were found to be ineffective. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 206, as added Pub. L. 105-244, title II, Sec. 201, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1630; amended Pub. L. 107-110, title X, Sec. 1051(2), Jan. 8, 2002, 115 Stat. 2080.) -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS A prior section 1026, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 206, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1226, related to the accreditation of educational institutions, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96-374. AMENDMENTS 2002 - Subsecs. (c), (d). Pub. L. 107-110 substituted "this part" for "this subchapter" wherever appearing. -CHANGE- CHANGE OF NAME Committee on Labor and Human Resources of Senate changed to Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of Senate by Senate Resolution No. 20, One Hundred Sixth Congress, Jan. 19, 1999. Committee on Education and the Workforce of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Education and Labor of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Tenth Congress, Jan. 5, 2007. -MISC2- EFFECTIVE DATE OF 2002 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 107-110 effective Jan. 8, 2002, except with respect to certain noncompetitive programs and competitive programs, see section 5 of Pub. L. 107-110, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6301 of this title. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1027 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER II - TEACHER QUALITY ENHANCEMENT Part A - Teacher Quality Enhancement Grants for States and Partnerships -HEAD- Sec. 1027. Accountability for programs that prepare teachers -STATUTE- (a) Development of definitions and reporting methods Within 9 months of October 7, 1998, the Commissioner of the National Center for Education Statistics, in consultation with States and institutions of higher education, shall develop key definitions for terms, and uniform reporting methods (including the key definitions for the consistent reporting of pass rates), related to the performance of elementary school and secondary school teacher preparation programs. (b) State report card on quality of teacher preparation Each State that receives funds under this chapter shall provide to the Secretary, within 2 years of October 7, 1998, and annually thereafter, in a uniform and comprehensible manner that conforms with the definitions and methods established in subsection (a) of this section, a State report card on the quality of teacher preparation in the State, which shall include at least the following: (1) A description of the teacher certification and licensure assessments, and any other certification and licensure requirements, used by the State. (2) The standards and criteria that prospective teachers must meet in order to attain initial teacher certification or licensure and to be certified or licensed to teach particular subjects or in particular grades within the State. (3) A description of the extent to which the assessments and requirements described in paragraph (1) are aligned with the State's standards and assessments for students. (4) The percentage of teaching candidates who passed each of the assessments used by the State for teacher certification and licensure, and the passing score on each assessment that determines whether a candidate has passed that assessment. (5) The percentage of teaching candidates who passed each of the assessments used by the State for teacher certification and licensure, disaggregated and ranked, by the teacher preparation program in that State from which the teacher candidate received the candidate's most recent degree, which shall be made available widely and publicly. (6) Information on the extent to which teachers in the State are given waivers of State certification or licensure requirements, including the proportion of such teachers distributed across high- and low-poverty school districts and across subject areas. (7) A description of each State's alternative routes to teacher certification, if any, and the percentage of teachers certified through alternative certification routes who pass State teacher certification or licensure assessments. (8) For each State, a description of proposed criteria for assessing the performance of teacher preparation programs within institutions of higher education in the State, including indicators of teacher candidate knowledge and skills. (9) Information on the extent to which teachers or prospective teachers in each State are required to take examinations or other assessments of their subject matter knowledge in the area or areas in which the teachers provide instruction, the standards established for passing any such assessments, and the extent to which teachers or prospective teachers are required to receive a passing score on such assessments in order to teach in specific subject areas or grade levels. (c) Initial report (1) In general Each State that receives funds under this chapter, not later than 6 months of (!1) October 7, 1998, and in a uniform and comprehensible manner, shall submit to the Secretary the information described in paragraphs (1), (5), and (6) of subsection (b) of this section. Such information shall be compiled by the Secretary and submitted to the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate and the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives not later than 9 months after October 7, 1998. (2) Construction Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to require a State to gather information that is not in the possession of the State or the teacher preparation programs in the State, or readily available to the State or teacher preparation programs. (d) Report of Secretary on quality of teacher preparation (1) Report card The Secretary shall provide to Congress, and publish and make widely available, a report card on teacher qualifications and preparation in the United States, including all the information reported in paragraphs (1) through (9) of subsection (b) of this section. Such report shall identify States for which eligible States and eligible partnerships received a grant under this part. Such report shall be so provided, published and made available not later than 2 years 6 months after October 7, 1998, and annually thereafter. (2) Report to Congress The Secretary shall report to Congress - (A) a comparison of States' efforts to improve teaching quality; and (B) regarding the national mean and median scores on any standardized test that is used in more than 1 State for teacher certification or licensure. (3) Special rule In the case of teacher preparation programs with fewer than 10 graduates taking any single initial teacher certification or licensure assessment during an academic year, the Secretary shall collect and publish information with respect to an average pass rate on State certification or licensure assessments taken over a 3-year period. (e) Coordination The Secretary, to the extent practicable, shall coordinate the information collected and published under this part among States for individuals who took State teacher certification or licensure assessments in a State other than the State in which the individual received the individual's most recent degree. (f) Institutional report cards on quality of teacher preparation (1) Report card Each institution of higher education that conducts a teacher preparation program that enrolls students receiving Federal assistance under this chapter, not later than 18 months after October 7, 1998, and annually thereafter, shall report to the State and the general public, in a uniform and comprehensible manner that conforms with the definitions and methods established under subsection (a) of this section, the following information: (A) Pass rate (i) For the most recent year for which the information is available, the pass rate of the institution's graduates on the teacher certification or licensure assessments of the State in which the institution is located, but only for those students who took those assessments within 3 years of completing the program. (ii) A comparison of the program's pass rate with the average pass rate for programs in the State. (iii) In the case of teacher preparation programs with fewer than 10 graduates taking any single initial teacher certification or licensure assessment during an academic year, the institution shall collect and publish information with respect to an average pass rate on State certification or licensure assessments taken over a 3-year period. (B) Program information The number of students in the program, the average number of hours of supervised practice teaching required for those in the program, and the faculty-student ratio in supervised practice teaching. (C) Statement In States that approve or accredit teacher education programs, a statement of whether the institution's program is so approved or accredited. (D) Designation as low-performing Whether the program has been designated as low-performing by the State under section 1028(a) of this title. (2) Requirement The information described in paragraph (1) shall be reported through publications such as school catalogs and promotional materials sent to potential applicants, secondary school guidance counselors, and prospective employers of the institution's program graduates. (3) Fines In addition to the actions authorized in section 1094(c) of this title, the Secretary may impose a fine not to exceed $25,000 on an institution of higher education for failure to provide the information described in this subsection in a timely or accurate manner. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 207, as added Pub. L. 105-244, title II, Sec. 201, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1632; amended Pub. L. 107-110, title X, Sec. 1051(2), Jan. 8, 2002, 115 Stat. 2080.) -REFTEXT- REFERENCES IN TEXT This chapter, referred to in subsecs. (b), (c)(1), and (f)(1), was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 89-329, as amended, known as the Higher Education Act of 1965. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1001 of this title and Tables. -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS A prior section 1027, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 207, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1227; Pub. L. 92-318, title I, Sec. 131(d)(2)(B), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 260, prohibited grants for library resources to be used for sectarian instruction or religious worship, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96-374. AMENDMENTS 2002 - Subsecs. (d)(1), (e). Pub. L. 107-110 substituted "this part" for "this subchapter". -CHANGE- CHANGE OF NAME Committee on Labor and Human Resources of Senate changed to Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of Senate by Senate Resolution No. 20, One Hundred Sixth Congress, Jan. 19, 1999. Committee on Education and the Workforce of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Education and Labor of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Tenth Congress, Jan. 5, 2007. -MISC2- EFFECTIVE DATE OF 2002 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 107-110 effective Jan. 8, 2002, except with respect to certain noncompetitive programs and competitive programs, see section 5 of Pub. L. 107-110, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6301 of this title. -FOOTNOTE- (!1) So in original. Probably should be "after". -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1028 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER II - TEACHER QUALITY ENHANCEMENT Part A - Teacher Quality Enhancement Grants for States and Partnerships -HEAD- Sec. 1028. State functions -STATUTE- (a) State assessment In order to receive funds under this chapter, a State, not later than 2 years after October 7, 1998, shall have in place a procedure to identify, and assist, through the provision of technical assistance, low-performing programs of teacher preparation within institutions of higher education. Such State shall provide the Secretary an annual list of such low-performing institutions that includes an identification of those institutions at-risk of being placed on such list. Such levels of performance shall be determined solely by the State and may include criteria based upon information collected pursuant to this part. Such assessment shall be described in the report under section 1027(b) of this title. (b) Termination of eligibility Any institution of higher education that offers a program of teacher preparation in which the State has withdrawn the State's approval or terminated the State's financial support due to the low performance of the institution's teacher preparation program based upon the State assessment described in subsection (a) of this section - (1) shall be ineligible for any funding for professional development activities awarded by the Department of Education; and (2) shall not be permitted to accept or enroll any student that receives aid under subchapter IV of this chapter and part C of subchapter I of chapter 34 of title 42 in the institution's teacher preparation program. (c) Negotiated rulemaking If the Secretary develops any regulations implementing subsection (b)(2) of this section, the Secretary shall submit such proposed regulations to a negotiated rulemaking process, which shall include representatives of States, institutions of higher education, and educational and student organizations. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 208, as added Pub. L. 105-244, title II, Sec. 201, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1634; amended Pub. L. 107-110, title X, Sec. 1051(2), Jan. 8, 2002, 115 Stat. 2080.) -REFTEXT- REFERENCES IN TEXT This chapter, referred to in subsec. (a), was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 89-329, as amended, known as the Higher Education Act of 1965. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1001 of this title and Tables. -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS A prior section 1028, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 208, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1227, required that institutions inform State agencies of their activities under the college library resources program, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96-374. AMENDMENTS 2002 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 107-110 substituted "this part" for "this subchapter". EFFECTIVE DATE OF 2002 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 107-110 effective Jan. 8, 2002, except with respect to certain noncompetitive programs and competitive programs, see section 5 of Pub. L. 107-110, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6301 of this title. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1029 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER II - TEACHER QUALITY ENHANCEMENT Part A - Teacher Quality Enhancement Grants for States and Partnerships -HEAD- Sec. 1029. General provisions -STATUTE- (a) Methods In complying with sections 1027 and 1028 of this title, the Secretary shall ensure that States and institutions of higher education use fair and equitable methods in reporting and that the reporting methods protect the privacy of individuals. (b) Special rule For each State in which there are no State certification or licensure assessments, or for States that do not set minimum performance levels on those assessments - (1) the Secretary shall, to the extent practicable, collect data comparable to the data required under this part from States, local educational agencies, institutions of higher education, or other entities that administer such assessments to teachers or prospective teachers; and (2) notwithstanding any other provision of this part, the Secretary shall use such data to carry out requirements of this part related to assessments or pass rates. (c) Limitations (1) Federal control prohibited Nothing in this part shall be construed to permit, allow, encourage, or authorize any Federal control over any aspect of any private, religious, or home school, whether or not a home school is treated as a private school or home school under State law. This section shall not be construed to prohibit private, religious, or home schools from participation in programs or services under this part. (2) No change in State control encouraged or required Nothing in this part shall be construed to encourage or require any change in a State's treatment of any private, religious, or home school, whether or not a home school is treated as a private school or home school under State law. (3) National system of teacher certification prohibited Nothing in this part shall be construed to permit, allow, encourage, or authorize the Secretary to establish or support any national system of teacher certification. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 209, as added Pub. L. 105-244, title II, Sec. 201, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1635; amended Pub. L. 107-110, title X, Sec. 1051(2), Jan. 8, 2002, 115 Stat. 2080.) -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS A prior section 1029, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 211, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title II, Sec. 201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1384; amended Pub. L. 99-498, title II, Sec. 202, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1287; Pub. L. 102-325, title II, Sec. 201, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 468, related to college library technology and cooperation grants, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 104-208, div. A, title I, Sec. 101(e) [title VII, Sec. 708(b)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009-233, 3009-312. AMENDMENTS 2002 - Subsecs. (b), (c). Pub. L. 107-110 substituted "this part" for "this subchapter" wherever appearing. EFFECTIVE DATE OF 2002 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 107-110 effective Jan. 8, 2002, except with respect to certain noncompetitive programs and competitive programs, see section 5 of Pub. L. 107-110, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6301 of this title. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1030 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER II - TEACHER QUALITY ENHANCEMENT Part A - Teacher Quality Enhancement Grants for States and Partnerships -HEAD- Sec. 1030. Authorization of appropriations -STATUTE- There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this part $300,000,000 for fiscal year 1999 and such sums as may be necessary for each of the 4 succeeding fiscal years, of which - (1) 45 percent shall be available for each fiscal year to award grants under section 1022 of this title; (2) 45 percent shall be available for each fiscal year to award grants under section 1023 of this title; and (3) 10 percent shall be available for each fiscal year to award grants under section 1024 of this title. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 210, as added Pub. L. 105-244, title II, Sec. 201, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1635; amended Pub. L. 107-110, title X, Sec. 1051(2), Jan. 8, 2002, 115 Stat. 2080.) -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS A prior section 1030, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 213, as added Pub. L. 99-498, title II, Sec. 203, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1289, which defined "full-time equivalent students", was omitted in the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 102-325, title II, Sec. 201, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 467. A prior section 1031, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 221, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title II, Sec. 201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1385; amended Pub. L. 99-498, title II, Sec. 204(b)(1), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1289; Pub. L. 102-325, title II, Sec. 201, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 469, authorized grants in accordance with former sections 1032 and 1033 of this title, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 104-208, div. A, title I, Sec. 101(e) [title VII, Sec. 708(b)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009-233, 3009-312. Another prior section 1031, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 221, as added Pub. L. 92-318, title I, Sec. 111(b)(3)(A), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 239, contained the grant authority for training and research programs, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96-374. Another prior section 1031, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 221, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1227; Pub. L. 90-575, title II, Sec. 215, Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1037; Pub. L. 92-318, title I, Sec. 111(a)(2), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 238, authorized appropriations of $15,000,000 for each fiscal year ending June 30, 1966, 1967, and 1968, and $11,800,000; $28,000,000; $38,000,000; and $12,000,000 for fiscal years ending June 30, 1969, 1970, 1971, and 1972, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 92-318, title I, Sec. 111(b)(3)(A), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 239. A prior section 1032, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 222, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title II, Sec. 201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1385; amended Pub. L. 102-325, title II, Sec. 201, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 469, related to library education and human resource development, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 104-208, div. A, title I, Sec. 101(e) [title VII, Sec. 708(b)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009-233, 3009-312. Another prior section 1032, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 222, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1227, defined the term "librarianship", prior to repeal by Pub. L. 92-318, title I, Sec. 111(b)(3)(A), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 239. A prior section 1033, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 223, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title II, Sec. 201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1385; amended Pub. L. 99-498, title II, Sec. 205, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1289; Pub. L. 102-325, title II, Sec. 201, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 470, authorized Secretary to make grants and enter into contracts for research and development projects, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 104-208, div. A, title I, Sec. 101(e) [title VII, Sec. 708(b)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009-233, 3009-312. Another prior section 1033, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 222, formerly Sec. 223, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1227; Pub. L. 90-575, title II, Sec. 216, Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1037, renumbered and amended Pub. L. 92-318, title I, Sec. 111(b)(3)(B)-(D), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 239, 240, related to grants for training in librarianship, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96-374. A prior section 1034, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 224, as added Pub. L. 102-325, title II, Sec. 201, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 470, required Secretary to consult with appropriate library and information science professional bodies in determining critical needs and priorities under former sections 1032 and 1033 of this title, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 104-208, div. A, title I, Sec. 101(e) [title VII, Sec. 708(b)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009- 233, 3009-312. Another prior section 1034, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 224, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title II, Sec. 201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1385, authorized special purpose grants, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99-498, title II, Sec. 204(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1289. Another prior section 1034, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 223, formerly Sec. 224, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1228, Pub. L. 91-230, title IV, Sec. 401(h)(4), Apr. 13, 1970, 84 Stat. 174, and renumbered Pub. L. 92-318, title I, Sec. 111(b)(3)(D), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 240, related to grants for research and demonstration projects, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96-374. AMENDMENTS 2002 - Pub. L. 107-110 substituted "this part" for "this subchapter" in introductory provisions. EFFECTIVE DATE OF 2002 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 107-110 effective Jan. 8, 2002, except with respect to certain noncompetitive programs and competitive programs, see section 5 of Pub. L. 107-110, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6301 of this title. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Part B - Preparing Tomorrow's Teachers To Use Technology 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER II - TEACHER QUALITY ENHANCEMENT Part B - Preparing Tomorrow's Teachers To Use Technology -HEAD- PART B - PREPARING TOMORROW'S TEACHERS TO USE TECHNOLOGY -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1041 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER II - TEACHER QUALITY ENHANCEMENT Part B - Preparing Tomorrow's Teachers To Use Technology -HEAD- Sec. 1041. Purpose and program authority -STATUTE- (a) Purpose It is the purpose of this part to assist consortia of public and private entities - (1) to carry out programs that prepare prospective teachers to use advanced technology to prepare all students to meet challenging State and local academic content and student academic achievement standards; and (2) to improve the ability of institutions of higher education to carry out such programs. (b) Program authority (1) In general The Secretary is authorized to award grants to eligible applicants, or enter into contracts or cooperative agreements with eligible applicants, on a competitive basis in order to pay for the Federal share of the cost of projects to develop or redesign teacher preparation programs to enable prospective teachers to use advanced technology effectively in their classrooms. (2) Period of awards The Secretary may award grants, or enter into contracts or cooperative agreements, under this part for periods that are not more than 5 years in duration. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 221, as added Pub. L. 107-110, title X, Sec. 1051(3), Jan. 8, 2002, 115 Stat. 2080.) -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS A prior section 1041, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 231, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title II, Sec. 201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1386; amended Pub. L. 99-498, title II, Secs. 204(b)(2), 206, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1289; Pub. L. 102-325, title II, Sec. 201, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 470, authorized grants to institutions with major research libraries, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 104-208, div. A, title I, Sec. 101(e) [title VII, Sec. 708(b)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009-233, 3009-312. Another prior section 1041, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 231, as added Pub. L. 94-482, title I, Sec. 107, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2090, set out the Congressional statement of findings and purpose for the research library resources strengthening program, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96-374. Another prior section 1041, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 231, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1228; Pub. L. 90-575, title II, Secs. 217, 218, Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1037; Pub. L. 92-318, title I, Sec. 114(a), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 240, authorized appropriations for assistance to Library of Congress for acquisition of Library material, prior to the general amendment of former part C of this subchapter by Pub. L. 94-482, title I, Sec. 107, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2090. A prior section 221 of Pub. L. 89-329 was classified to section 1031 of this title, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 104-208. Another prior section 221 of Pub. L. 89-329 was classified to section 1031 of this title, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96-374. Another prior section 221 of Pub. L. 89-329 was classified to section 1031 of this title, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 92-318. EFFECTIVE DATE Part effective Jan. 8, 2002, except with respect to certain noncompetitive programs and competitive programs, see section 5 of Pub. L. 107-110, set out as a note under section 6301 of this title. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1042 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER II - TEACHER QUALITY ENHANCEMENT Part B - Preparing Tomorrow's Teachers To Use Technology -HEAD- Sec. 1042. Eligibility -STATUTE- (a) Eligible applicants In order to receive a grant or enter into a contract or cooperative agreement under this part, an applicant shall be a consortium that includes the following: (1) At least one institution of higher education that awards baccalaureate degrees and prepares teachers for their initial entry into teaching. (2) At least one State educational agency or local educational agency. (3) One or more of the following entities: (A) An institution of higher education (other than the institution described in paragraph (1)). (B) A school or department of education at an institution of higher education. (C) A school or college of arts and sciences (as defined in section 1021(b) of this title) at an institution of higher education. (D) A professional association, foundation, museum, library, for-profit business, public or private nonprofit organization, community-based organization, or other entity, with the capacity to contribute to the technology-related reform of teacher preparation programs. (b) Application requirements In order to receive a grant or enter into a contract or cooperative agreement under this part, an eligible applicant shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require. Such application shall include the following: (1) A description of the proposed project, including how the project would - (A) ensure that individuals participating in the project would be prepared to use advanced technology to prepare all students, including groups of students who are underrepresented in technology-related fields and groups of students who are economically disadvantaged, to meet challenging State and local academic content and student academic achievement standards; and (B) improve the ability of at least one participating institution of higher education described in subsection (a)(1) of this section to ensure such preparation. (2) A demonstration of - (A) the commitment, including the financial commitment, of each of the members of the consortium for the proposed project; and (B) the active support of the leadership of each organization that is a member of the consortium for the proposed project. (3) A description of how each member of the consortium will participate in project activities. (4) A description of how the proposed project will be continued after Federal funds are no longer awarded under this part for the project. (5) A plan for the evaluation of the project, which shall include benchmarks to monitor progress toward specific project objectives. (c) Matching requirements (1) In general The Federal share of the cost of any project funded under this part shall not exceed 50 percent. Except as provided in paragraph (2), the non-Federal share of the cost of such project may be provided in cash or in kind, fairly evaluated, including services. (2) Acquisition of equipment Not more than 10 percent of the funds awarded for a project under this part may be used to acquire equipment, networking capabilities, or infrastructure, and the non-Federal share of the cost of any such acquisition shall be provided in cash. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 222, as added Pub. L. 107-110, title X, Sec. 1051(3), Jan. 8, 2002, 115 Stat. 2081.) -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS A prior section 1042, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 232, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title II, Sec. 201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1386; amended Pub. L. 102-325, title II, Sec. 201, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 471, required Secretary to endeavor to achieve broad and equitable geographical distribution of grants, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 104-208, div. A, title I, Sec. 101(e) [title VII, Sec. 708(b)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009-233, 3009-312. Another prior section 1042, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 232, as added Pub. L. 94-482, title I, Sec. 107, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2090; amended Pub. L. 96-49, Sec. 3(b), Aug. 13, 1979, 93 Stat. 351, which authorized appropriations through fiscal year 1980, was omitted in the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96- 374. Another prior section 1042, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 232, as added Pub. L. 92-318, title I, Sec. 115(a), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 241, which required an evaluation and report to Congressional committees by the Librarian of the Congress, was omitted in the general amendment of former part C of this subchapter by Pub. L. 94- 482, title I, Sec. 107, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2090. A prior section 222 of Pub. L. 89-329 was classified to section 1032 of this title, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 104-208. Another prior section 222 of Pub. L. 89-329 was classified to section 1032 of this title, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 92-318. Another prior section 222 of Pub. L. 89-329 was classified to section 1033 of this title, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96-374. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1043 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER II - TEACHER QUALITY ENHANCEMENT Part B - Preparing Tomorrow's Teachers To Use Technology -HEAD- Sec. 1043. Use of funds -STATUTE- (a) Required uses A consortium that receives a grant or enters into a contract or cooperative agreement under this part shall use funds made available under this part for - (1) a project creating one or more programs that prepare prospective teachers to use advanced technology to prepare all students, including groups of students who are underrepresented in technology-related fields and groups of students who are economically disadvantaged, to meet challenging State and local academic content and student academic achievement standards; and (2) evaluating the effectiveness of the project. (b) Permissible uses The consortium may use funds made available under this part for a project, described in the application submitted by the consortium under this part, that carries out the purpose of this part, such as the following: (1) Developing and implementing high-quality teacher preparation programs that enable educators - (A) to learn the full range of resources that can be accessed through the use of technology; (B) to integrate a variety of technologies into curricula and instruction in order to expand students' knowledge; (C) to evaluate educational technologies and their potential for use in instruction; (D) to help students develop their technical skills; and (E) to use technology to collect, manage, and analyze data to improve teaching and decisionmaking. (2) Developing alternative teacher development paths that provide elementary schools and secondary schools with well- prepared, technology-proficient educators. (3) Developing achievement-based standards and assessments aligned with the standards to measure the capacity of prospective teachers to use technology effectively in their classrooms. (4) Providing technical assistance to entities carrying out other teacher preparation programs. (5) Developing and disseminating resources and information in order to assist institutions of higher education to prepare teachers to use technology effectively in their classrooms. (6) Subject to section 1042(c)(2) of this title, acquiring technology equipment, networking capabilities, infrastructure, software, and digital curricula to carry out the project. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 223, as added Pub. L. 107-110, title X, Sec. 1051(3), Jan. 8, 2002, 115 Stat. 2082.) -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS A prior section 1043, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 233, as added Pub. L. 94-482, title I, Sec. 107, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2090, related to eligibility for assistance under research library resources strengthening program, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96-374. A prior section 223 of Pub. L. 89-329 was classified to section 1033 of this title, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 104-208. Another prior section 223 of Pub. L. 89-329 was renumbered section 222, and was classified to section 1033 of this title, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96- 374. Another prior section 223 of Pub. L. 89-329 was classified to section 1034 of this title, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96-374. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1044 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER II - TEACHER QUALITY ENHANCEMENT Part B - Preparing Tomorrow's Teachers To Use Technology -HEAD- Sec. 1044. Authorization of appropriations -STATUTE- There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this part such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2002 and 2003. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 224, as added Pub. L. 107-110, title X, Sec. 1051(3), Jan. 8, 2002, 115 Stat. 2083.) -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS A prior section 1044, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 234, as added Pub. L. 94-482, title I, Sec. 107, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2090, related to regional balance in allocation of funds, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96-374. A prior section 224 of Pub. L. 89-329 was classified to section 1034 of this title, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 104-208. Another prior section 224 of Pub. L. 89-329 was classified to section 1034 of this title, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99-498. Another prior section 224 of Pub. L. 89-329 was renumbered section 223, and was classified to section 1034 of this title, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96- 374. Prior sections 1045 and 1046 were omitted in the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96-374. Section 1045, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 235, as added Pub. L. 94-482, title I, Sec. 107, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2091, set out limitations on grants as regards sectarian or religious use. Section 1046, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 236, as added Pub. L. 94-482, title I, Sec. 107, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2091, required consultations by grantees with State agencies. A prior section 1047, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 241, as added Pub. L. 99-498, title II, Sec. 207, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1289; amended Pub. L. 102-325, title II, Sec. 201, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 471; Pub. L. 103-208, Sec. 2(a)(3), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2457, authorized Secretary to make grants to and enter into contracts with eligible institutions, library organizations or agencies to assist in strengthening library and information science programs and libraries in historically black colleges and universities and other minority-serving institutions, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 104-208, div. A, title I, Sec. 101(e) [title VII, Sec. 708(b)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009-233, 3009-312. Another prior section 1047 and prior sections 1047a to 1047j were omitted in the general amendment of former part D of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99-498. Section 1047, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 241, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title II, Sec. 201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1386, stated congressional declaration of purpose. Section 1047a, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 242, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title II, Sec. 201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1387, established National Periodical System Corporation. Section 1047b, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 243, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title II, Sec. 201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1387, related to functions of National Periodical System Corporation. Section 1047c, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 244, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title II, Sec. 201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1387, related to board of directors of National Periodical System Corporation. Section 1047d, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 245, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title II, Sec. 201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1388, related to director and staff of National Periodical System Corporation. Section 1047e, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 246, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title II, Sec. 201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1388, related to nonprofit nature of National Periodical System Corporation. Section 1047f, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 247, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title II, Sec. 201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1388, related to authority of National Periodical System Corporation. Section 1047g, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 248, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title II, Sec. 201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1389, related to congressional approval of design for national periodical system. Section 1047h, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 249, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title II, Sec. 201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1389, related to effect of former part D of this subchapter on copyright law. Section 1047i, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 250, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title II, Sec. 201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1389, defined terms used in former part D of this subchapter. Section 1047j, Pub. L. 89-329, title II, Sec. 251, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title II, Sec. 201, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1390, authorized appropriations to carry out former part D of this subchapter. -End- -CITE- 20 USC SUBCHAPTER III - INSTITUTIONAL AID 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER III - INSTITUTIONAL AID -HEAD- SUBCHAPTER III - INSTITUTIONAL AID -COD- CODIFICATION Title III of the Higher Education Act of 1965, comprising this subchapter, was originally enacted by Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1229, and amended by Pub. L. 89-752, Nov. 3, 1966, 80 Stat. 1240; Pub. L. 90-575, Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1014; Pub. L. 91-230, Apr. 13, 1970, 84 Stat. 121; Pub. L. 92-318, June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 235; Pub. L. 93-380, Aug. 21, 1974, 88 Stat. 484; Pub. L. 94-482, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2081; Pub. L. 96-49, Aug. 13, 1979, 93 Stat. 351; Pub. L. 96-374, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1367; Pub. L. 97-35, Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 357; Pub. L. 98-95, Sept. 26, 1983, 97 Stat. 708; Pub. L. 98-312, June 12, 1984, 98 Stat. 233. Such title is shown herein, however, as having been added by Pub. L. 99-498, title III, Sec. 301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1290, without reference to such intervening amendments because of the extensive revision of title III by Pub. L. 99-498. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1051 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER III - INSTITUTIONAL AID -HEAD- Sec. 1051. Findings and purpose -STATUTE- (a) Findings The Congress finds that - (1) there are a significant number of institutions of higher education serving high percentages of minority students and students from low-income backgrounds, that face problems that threaten their ability to survive; (2) the problems relate to the management and fiscal operations of certain institutions of higher education, as well as to an inability to engage in long-range planning and development activities, including endowment building; (3) in order to be competitive and provide a high-quality education for all, institutions of higher education should improve their technological capacity and make effective use of technology; (4) the subchapter III program prior to 1985 did not always meet the specific development needs of historically Black colleges and universities and other institutions with large concentrations of minority, low-income students; (5) the solution of the problems of these institutions would enable them to become viable, fiscally stable and independent, thriving institutions of higher education; (6) providing assistance to eligible institutions will enhance the role of such institutions in providing access and quality education to low-income and minority students; (7) these institutions play an important role in the American system of higher education, and there is a strong national interest in assisting them in solving their problems and in stabilizing their management and fiscal operations, and in becoming financially independent; and (8) there is a particular national interest in aiding those institutions of higher education that have historically served students who have been denied access to postsecondary education because of race or national origin and whose participation in the American system of higher education is in the Nation's interest so that equality of access and quality of postsecondary education opportunities may be enhanced for all students. (b) Purpose It is the purpose of this subchapter to assist such institutions in equalizing educational opportunity through a program of Federal assistance. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 301, as added Pub. L. 99-498, title III, Sec. 301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1290; amended Pub. L. 102-325, title III, Sec. 301, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 472; Pub. L. 103-208, Sec. 2(a)(4), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2457; Pub. L. 105-244, title III, Sec. 302, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1637.) -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS A prior section 1051, Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 301, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title III, Sec. 301, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1390, stated Congressional findings and purposes for program of providing Federal assistance to institutions of higher education, prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99-498. Another prior section 1051, Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 301, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1229; Pub. L. 89-752, Sec. 10, Nov. 3, 1966, 80 Stat. 1243; Pub. L. 90-575, title II, Secs. 221, 222, Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1038; Pub. L. 92-318, title I, Sec. 121(a), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 241; Pub. L. 94-482, title I, Sec. 111, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2091; Pub. L. 96-49, Sec. 4, Aug. 13, 1979, 93 Stat. 351, related to a program of special assistance to strengthen the academic quality of developing institutions, prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96-374. Prior sections 1052 to 1056 were omitted in the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 96-374. Section 1052, Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 302, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1229; Pub. L. 92-318, title I, Sec. 121(a), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 241; Pub. L. 93-380, title VIII, Sec. 832, Aug. 21, 1974, 88 Stat. 603; Pub. L. 94-482, title I, Sec. 112, Oct. 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 2091, related to eligibility for special assistance. Section 1053, Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 303, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1230; Pub. L. 91-230, title IV, Sec. 401(h)(4), Apr. 13, 1970, 84 Stat. 174; Pub. L. 92-318, title I, Sec. 121(a), title III, Sec. 301(a)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 242, 326, provided for the establishment of an Advisory Council on Developing Institutions. Section 1054, Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 304, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1230; Pub. L. 92-318, title I, Sec. 121(a), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 243, authorized the Commissioner of Education to make grants and awards. Section 1055, Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 305, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1231; Pub. L. 92-318, title I, Sec. 121(a), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 244, related to assistance to developing institutions under other programs. Section 1056, Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 306, as added Pub L. 90-575, title II, Sec. 223(a), Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1038; amended Pub. L. 92-318, title I, Sec. 121(a), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 245, prohibited the use of funds for religious activities. AMENDMENTS 1998 - Pars. (3) to (8). Pub. L. 105-244 added par. (3) and redesignated former pars. (3) to (7) as (4) to (8), respectively. 1993 - Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 103-208 struck out the comma after "planning". 1992 - Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 102-325, Sec. 301(1), amended par. (1) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (1) read as follows: "many institutions of higher education in this era of declining enrollments and scarce resources face problems which threaten their ability to survive;". Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 102-325, Sec. 301(2), struck out "recruitment activities," after "long-range planning,". Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 102-325, Sec. 301(3), amended par. (5) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (5) read as follows: "providing a minimum level of assistance to all categories of eligible institutions will assure the continued participation of the institutions in the program established in this subchapter and enhance their role in providing access and quality education to low- income and minority students;". EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1998 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 105-244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105-244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105- 244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title. EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1993 AMENDMENT Section 5 of Pub. L. 103-208 provided that: "(a) In general. - Except as otherwise provided therein or in subsection (b) of this section, the amendments made by section 2 of this Act [see Tables for classification] shall be effective as if such amendments were included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992 (Public Law 102-325), except that section 492 of the Act [section 1098a of this title] shall not apply to the amendments made by this Act [see Tables for classification]. "(b) Exceptions. - "(1) Effective on October 1, 1993. - The amendments made by the following subsections of section 2 of this Act shall be effective on and after October 1, 1993: (b)(29), (j)(28), (j)(36), and (j)(40) [amending sections 1070d-34, 1134e, 1134j, and 1134q of this title]. "(2) Effective on date of enactment. - The amendments made by the following subsections of section 2 of this Act shall be effective on and after the date of enactment of this Act [Dec. 20, 1993]: (b)(2), (b)(7), (b)(28), (c)(3), (c)(5), (c)(13)(B), (c)(13)(C), (c)(18), (c)(30), (c)(62) [amending sections 1070a, 1070a-11, 1070d-33, 1075, 1077a, 1078, 1078-1, and 1085 of this title]. "(3) Effective 30 days after enactment. - The amendments made by the following subsections of section 2 of this Act shall be effective on and after 30 days after the date of enactment of this Act [Dec. 20, 1993]: (c)(19), (c)(20), (c)(21), (c)(59) [amending sections 1078 and 1085 of this title]. "(4) Effective 60 days after enactment. - The amendments made by the following subsections of section 2 of this Act shall be effective on and after 60 days after the date of enactment of this Act [Dec. 20, 1993]: (c)(31) and (c)(53) [amending sections 1078-1 and 1083 of this title]. "(5) Effective on April 1, 1994. - The amendments made by section 2(c)(43)(B) of this Act [amending section 1078-8 of this title] shall be effective on and after April 1, 1994. "(6) Effective on July 1, 1994. - The amendments made by the following subsection[s] of section 2 of this Act shall be effective on and after July 1, 1994: (b)(25), (c)(2), (c)(13)(A), (c)(29) [amending sections 1070b-2, 1075, 1078, and 1078-1 of this title]. "(7) Cohort default data examinations. - The amendment made by section 2(c)(60)(A) [amending section 1085 of this title] shall be effective on and after October 1, 1994. "(8) Cohort default rate determinations. - The amendments made to subsection[s] (a)(3) and (m)(1)(B) of section 435 of this [the] Act [section 1085(a)(3) and (m)(1)(B) of this title] shall apply with respect to the determination (and appeals from determinations) of cohort default rates for fiscal year 1989 and any succeeding fiscal year." EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1992 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 102-325 effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102-325, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title. EFFECTIVE DATE Section 301(b) of Pub. L. 99-498 provided that: "The amendment made by subsection (a) [enacting this subchapter] shall take effect July 1, 1987." -End- -CITE- 20 USC Part A - Strengthening Institutions 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER III - INSTITUTIONAL AID Part A - Strengthening Institutions -HEAD- PART A - STRENGTHENING INSTITUTIONS -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1057 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER III - INSTITUTIONAL AID Part A - Strengthening Institutions -HEAD- Sec. 1057. Program purpose -STATUTE- (a) General authorization The Secretary shall carry out a program, in accordance with this part, to improve the academic quality, institutional management, and fiscal stability of eligible institutions, in order to increase their self-sufficiency and strengthen their capacity to make a substantial contribution to the higher education resources of the Nation. (b) Grants awarded; special consideration (1) From the sums available for this part under section 1068h(a)(1) of this title, the Secretary may award grants to any eligible institution with an application approved under section 1068 (!1) of this title in order to assist such an institution to plan, develop, or implement activities that promise to strengthen the institution. (2) Special consideration shall be given to any eligible institution - (A) which has endowment funds (other than any endowment fund built under section 1065 of this title as in effect on September 30, 1986, and under part B of this subchapter) the market value of which, per full-time equivalent student, is less than the average current market value of the endowment funds, per full- time equivalent student (other than any endowment fund built under section 1065 of this title as in effect on September 30, 1986, and under part B of this subchapter) at similar institutions; or (B) which has expenditures per full-time equivalent student for library materials which is less than the average of the expenditures for library materials per full-time equivalent student by other similarly situated institutions. (3) Special consideration shall be given to applications which propose, pursuant to the institution's plan, to engage in - (A) faculty development; (B) funds and administrative management; (C) development and improvement of academic programs; (D) acquisition of equipment for use in strengthening funds management and academic programs; (E) joint use of facilities such as libraries and laboratories; and (F) student services. (c) Authorized activities Grants awarded under this section shall be used for 1 or more of the following activities: (1) Purchase, rental, or lease of scientific or laboratory equipment for educational purposes, including instructional and research purposes. (2) Construction, maintenance, renovation, and improvement in classrooms, libraries, laboratories, and other instructional facilities, including the integration of computer technology into institutional facilities to create smart buildings. (3) Support of faculty exchanges, faculty development, and faculty fellowships to assist in attaining advanced degrees in the field of instruction of the faculty. (4) Development and improvement of academic programs. (5) Purchase of library books, periodicals, and other educational materials, including telecommunications program material. (6) Tutoring, counseling, and student service programs designed to improve academic success. (7) Funds management, administrative management, and acquisition of equipment for use in strengthening funds management. (8) Joint use of facilities, such as laboratories and libraries. (9) Establishing or improving a development office to strengthen or improve contributions from alumni and the private sector. (10) Establishing or improving an endowment fund. (11) Creating or improving facilities for Internet or other distance learning academic instruction capabilities, including purchase or rental of telecommunications technology equipment or services. (12) Other activities proposed in the application submitted pursuant to subsection (c) (!2) that - (A) contribute to carrying out the purposes of the program assisted under this part; and (B) are approved by the Secretary as part of the review and acceptance of such application. (d) Endowment fund (1) In general An eligible institution may use not more than 20 percent of the grant funds provided under this part to establish or increase an endowment fund at such institution. (2) Matching requirement In order to be eligible to use grant funds in accordance with paragraph (1), the eligible institution shall provide matching funds from non-Federal sources, in an amount equal to or greater than the Federal funds used in accordance with paragraph (1), for the establishment or increase of the endowment fund. (3) Comparability The provisions of part C of this subchapter, regarding the establishment or increase of an endowment fund, that the Secretary determines are not inconsistent with this subsection, shall apply to funds used under paragraph (1). -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 311, as added Pub. L. 99-498, title III, Sec. 301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1291; amended Pub. L. 100-50, Sec. 2(a)(1), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 335; Pub. L. 105- 244, title III, Secs. 301(c)(1), 303(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, 1638.) -REFTEXT- REFERENCES IN TEXT Section 1068 of this title, referred to in subsec. (b)(1), was in the original a reference to section 351 of Pub. L. 89-329 which was translated as if it referred to section 391 of Pub. L. 89-329 to reflect the probable intent of Congress. Pub. L. 105-244, title III, Sec. 301(a)(2), (7), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, renumbered sections 351 and 1021 of Pub. L. 89-329 as sections 391 and 351, respectively, of Pub. L. 89-329, and those sections are classified to sections 1067a and 1068, respectively, of this title. -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS A prior section 1057, Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 311, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title III, Sec. 301, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1391, enumerated purposes and established grant authority for program to strengthen eligible institutions, prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99-498. AMENDMENTS 1998 - Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 301(c)(1), substituted "section 1068h(a)(1)" for "section 1069f(a)(1)". Subsecs. (c), (d). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 303(a), added subsecs. (c) and (d). 1987 - Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 100-50 substituted "section 1069f(a)(1) of this title" for "section 1069d(a)(1) of this title". EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1998 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 105-244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105-244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105- 244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title. EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1987 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 100-50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99-498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100-50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title. -FOOTNOTE- (!1) See References in Text note below. (!2) So in original. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1058 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER III - INSTITUTIONAL AID Part A - Strengthening Institutions -HEAD- Sec. 1058. Definitions; eligibility -STATUTE- (a) Educational and general expenditures For the purpose of this part, the term "educational and general expenditures" means the total amount expended by an institution of higher education for instruction, research, public service, academic support (including library expenditures), student services, institutional support, scholarships and fellowships, operation and maintenance expenditures for the physical plant, and any mandatory transfers which the institution is required to pay by law. (b) Eligible institution For the purpose of this part, the term "eligible institution" means - (1) an institution of higher education - (A) which has an enrollment of needy students as required by subsection (c) (!1) of this section; (B) except as provided in section 1068a(b) of this title, the average educational and general expenditures of which are low, per full-time equivalent undergraduate student, in comparison with the average educational and general expenditures per full- time equivalent undergraduate student of institutions that offer similar instruction; (C) which is - (i) legally authorized to provide, and provides within the State, an educational program for which such institution awards a bachelor's degree; (ii) a junior or community college; or (iii) the College of the Marshall Islands, the College of Micronesia/Federated States of Micronesia, and Palau Community College; (D) which is accredited by a nationally recognized accrediting agency or association determined by the Secretary to be reliable authority as to the quality of training offered or which is, according to such an agency or association, making reasonable progress toward accreditation; (E) which meets such other requirements as the Secretary may prescribe; and (F) located in a State; and (2) any branch of any institution of higher education described under paragraph (1) which by itself satisfies the requirements contained in subparagraphs (A) and (B) of such paragraph. For purposes of the determination of whether an institution is an eligible institution under this paragraph, the factor described under paragraph (1)(A) shall be given twice the weight of the factor described under paragraph (1)(B). (c) Endowment fund For the purpose of this part, the term "endowment fund" means a fund that - (1) is established by State law, by an institution of higher education, or by a foundation that is exempt from Federal income taxation; (2) is maintained for the purpose of generating income for the support of the institution; and (3) does not include real estate. (d) Enrollment of needy students For the purpose of this part, the term "enrollment of needy students" means an enrollment at an institution of higher education or a junior or community college which includes - (1) at least 50 percent of the degree students so enrolled who are receiving need-based assistance under subchapter IV of this chapter and part C of subchapter I of chapter 34 of title 42 in the second fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which the determination is being made (other than loans for which an interest subsidy is paid pursuant to section 1078 of this title), or (2) a substantial percentage of students receiving Pell Grants in the second fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which determination is being made, in comparison with the percentage of students receiving Pell Grants at all such institutions in the second fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which the determination is made, unless the requirement of this subdivision is waived under section 1068a(a) of this title. (e) Full-time equivalent students For the purpose of this part, the term "full-time equivalent students" means the sum of the number of students enrolled full time at an institution, plus the full-time equivalent of the number of students enrolled part time (determined on the basis of the quotient of the sum of the credit hours of all part-time students divided by 12) at such institution. (f) Junior or community college For the purpose of this part, the term "junior or community college" means an institution of higher education - (1) that admits as regular students persons who are beyond the age of compulsory school attendance in the State in which the institution is located and who have the ability to benefit from the training offered by the institution; (2) that does not provide an educational program for which it awards a bachelor's degree (or an equivalent degree); and (3) that - (A) provides an educational program of not less than 2 years that is acceptable for full credit toward such a degree, or (B) offers a 2-year program in engineering, mathematics, or the physical or biological sciences, designed to prepare a student to work as a technician or at the semiprofessional level in engineering, scientific, or other technological fields requiring the understanding and application of basic engineering, scientific, or mathematical principles of knowledge. (g) Historically black college or university For the purposes of this section, no historically black college or university which is eligible for and receives funds under part B of this subchapter is eligible for or may receive funds under this part. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 312, as added Pub. L. 99-498, title III, Sec. 301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1292; amended Pub. L. 100-50, Sec. 2(a)(2)-(6), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 335; Pub. L. 100-369, Sec. 10(a), July 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 837; Pub. L. 102-325, title III, Sec. 302(a), (b), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 472; Pub. L. 103-208, Sec. 2(a)(5), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2457; Pub. L. 103- 382, title III, Sec. 353, Oct. 20, 1994, 108 Stat. 3966; Pub. L. 105-244, title III, Secs. 301(c)(2), 303(b), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, 1639.) -REFTEXT- REFERENCES IN TEXT Subsection (c) of this section, referred to in subsec. (b)(1)(A), was redesignated subsec. (d) of this section and a new subsec. (c) was added by Pub. L. 105-244, title III, Sec. 303(b), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1639. -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS A prior section 1058, Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 312, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title III, Sec. 301, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1391, defined terms used in this subchapter, prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99-498. AMENDMENTS 1998 - Subsec. (b)(1)(B). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 301(c)(2)(A), substituted "section 1068a(b)" for "section 1067(b)". Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 303(b)(2), added subsec. (c). Former subsec. (c) redesignated (d). Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 301(c)(2)(B), substituted "section 1068a(a)" for "section 1067(a)". Subsecs. (d) to (g). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 303(b)(1), redesignated subsecs. (c) to (f) as (d) to (g), respectively. 1994 - Subsec. (b)(1)(C). Pub. L. 103-382, Sec. 353(1), amended subpar. (C) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (C) read as follows: "(C)(i) which is legally authorized to provide, and provides within the State, an educational program for which it awards a bachelor's degree, or (ii) which is a junior or community college;". Subsec. (b)(1)(F). Pub. L. 103-382, Sec. 353(2), (3), added subpar. (F). 1993 - Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 103-208 inserted "the" after "such institutions in". 1992 - Subsec. (b)(1), (2). Pub. L. 102-325, Sec. 302(a)(1), (2), inserted "and" at end of subpar. (D), struck out subpar. (E), redesignated subpar. (F) as (E) and inserted "and" at end, and substituted period for semicolon at end of par. (2). Prior to amendment, subpar. (E) of par. (1) read as follows: "except as provided in section 1067(b) of this title which has, during the 5 academic years preceding the academic year for which it seeks assistance under this part - "(i) met the requirement of either subparagraph (C)(i) or (C)(ii), or of both such subparagraphs (simultaneously or consecutively); and "(ii) met the requirement of subparagraph (D); and". Subsec. (b)(3) to (5). Pub. L. 102-325, Sec. 302(a)(3), struck out pars. (3) to (5) which read as follows: "(3) any institution of higher education which has an enrollment of which at least 20 percent are Mexican American, Puerto Rican, Cuban, or other Hispanic students, or combination thereof, and which also satisfies the requirements of subparagraphs (A), (B), (C), and (D) of paragraph (1); "(4) any institution of higher education which has an enrollment of at least 60 percent American Indian, or in the case of Alaska natives, an enrollment of at least 5 percent, and which also satisfies the requirements of subparagraphs (A), (B), (C), and (D) of paragraph (1); and "(5) any institution of higher education which has an enrollment of which at least 5 percent are Native Hawaiian, Asian American, American Samoan, Micronesian, Guamian (Chamorro), and Northern Marianian, or any combination thereof, and which also satisfies the requirements of subparagraphs (A), (B), (C), and (D) of paragraph (1)." Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 102-325, Sec. 302(b), substituted "second fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which the determination is made, unless the requirement" for "second preceding fiscal year, unless the requirement". 1988 - Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 100-369 added subsec. (f). 1987 - Subsec. (b)(1)(C), (D). Pub. L. 100-50, Sec. 2(a)(2)(A), inserted "which" before "is" wherever appearing. Subsec. (b)(1)(E). Pub. L. 100-50, Sec. 2(a)(2)(B), inserted "which" before "has". Subsec. (b)(1)(F). Pub. L. 100-50, Sec. 2(a)(2)(C), inserted "which" before "meets". Subsec. (b)(3), (5). Pub. L. 100-50, Sec. 2(a)(3), (4), substituted "subparagraphs (A), (B), (C), and (D)" for "subparagraphs (A) and (B)". Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 100-50, Sec. 2(a)(5), inserted "in the second fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which the determination is being made" after "chapter 34 of title 42". Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 100-50, Sec. 2(a)(6), substituted "fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which determination is being made" for "preceding fiscal year" and "second preceding fiscal year" for "such fiscal year". EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1998 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 105-244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105-244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105- 244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title. EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1993 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 103-208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102-325, except as otherwise provided, see section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103-208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title. EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1992 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 102-325 effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102-325, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title. EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1987 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 100-50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99-498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100-50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title. -FOOTNOTE- (!1) See References in Text note below. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1059 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER III - INSTITUTIONAL AID Part A - Strengthening Institutions -HEAD- Sec. 1059. Duration of grant -STATUTE- (a) Award period The Secretary may award a grant to an eligible institution under this part for 5 years. (b) Limitations In awarding grants under this part the Secretary shall give priority to applicants who are not already receiving a grant under this part, except that for the purpose of this subsection a grant under subsection (c) of this section and a grant under section 1068c(a)(1) of this title shall not be considered a grant under this part. (c) Planning grants Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this section, the Secretary may award a grant to an eligible institution under this part for a period of one year for the purpose of preparation of plans and applications for a grant under this part. (d) Wait-out-period Each eligible institution that received a grant under this part for a 5-year period shall not be eligible to receive an additional grant under this part until 2 years after the date on which the 5- year grant period terminates. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 313, as added Pub. L. 99-498, title III, Sec. 301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1294; amended Pub. L. 102-325, title III, Sec. 302(c), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 472; Pub. L. 103-208, Sec. 2(a)(6), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2457; Pub. L. 105-244, title III, Secs. 301(c)(3), 303(c), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1637, 1639.) -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS A prior section 1059, Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 313, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title III, Sec. 301, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1392, provided for duration of grants under this part, prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99-498. AMENDMENTS 1998 - Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 303(c)(1), inserted "subsection (c) of this section and a grant under" after "this subsection a grant under". Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 301(c)(3), substituted "section 1068c(a)(1)" for "section 1069(a)(1)". Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 303(c)(2), added subsec. (d). 1993 - Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 103-208 inserted before period at end ", except that for the purpose of this subsection a grant under section 1069(a)(1) of this title shall not be considered a grant under this part". 1992 - Subsecs. (a), (b). Pub. L. 102-325 amended subsecs. (a) and (b) generally, substituting present provisions for provisions which related: in subsec. (a), to the awarding of grants for not to exceed 3, 4, or 5 years; and in subsec. (b), to waiting periods for awarding of subsequent grants. EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1998 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 105-244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105-244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105- 244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title. EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1993 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 103-208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102-325, except as otherwise provided, see section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103-208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title. EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1992 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 102-325 effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102-325, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1059a 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER III - INSTITUTIONAL AID Part A - Strengthening Institutions -HEAD- Sec. 1059a. Applications -STATUTE- Each eligible institution desiring to receive assistance under this part shall submit an application in accordance with the requirements of section 1068 of this title. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 314, as added Pub. L. 105-244, title III, Sec. 303(d), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1639.) -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS A prior section 1059a, Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 314, as added Pub. L. 100-50, Sec. 2(b), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 336, related to application review process, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 3, title III, Sec. 303(d), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1585, 1639, effective Oct. 1, 1998. EFFECTIVE DATE Section effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105-244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105-244, set out as an Effective Date of 1998 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1059b 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER III - INSTITUTIONAL AID Part A - Strengthening Institutions -HEAD- Sec. 1059b. Goals for financial management and academic program -STATUTE- (a) Goals Any application for a grant under this part shall describe measurable goals for the institution's financial management and academic programs, and include a plan of how the applicant intends to achieve those goals. (b) Continuation requirements Any continuation application shall demonstrate the progress made toward achievement of the goals described pursuant to subsection (a) of this section. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 315, as added Pub. L. 102-325, title III, Sec. 302(d)(1), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 472.) -MISC1- EFFECTIVE DATE Section effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102-325, set out as an Effective Date of 1992 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1059c 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER III - INSTITUTIONAL AID Part A - Strengthening Institutions -HEAD- Sec. 1059c. American Indian tribally controlled colleges and universities -STATUTE- (a) Program authorized The Secretary shall provide grants and related assistance to Indian Tribal Colleges and Universities to enable such institutions to improve and expand their capacity to serve Indian students. (b) Definitions In this section: (1) Indian The term "Indian" has the meaning given the term in section 1801 of title 25. (2) Indian tribe The term "Indian tribe" has the meaning given the term in section 1801 of title 25. (3) Tribal College or University The term "Tribal College or University" has the meaning give the term "tribally controlled college or university" in section 1801 of title 25, and includes an institution listed in the Equity in Educational Land Grant Status Act of 1994. (4) Institution of higher education The term "institution of higher education" means an institution of higher education as defined in section 1001(a) of this title, except that paragraph (2) of such section shall not apply. (c) Authorized activities (1) In general Grants awarded under this section shall be used by Tribal Colleges or Universities to assist such institutions to plan, develop, undertake, and carry out activities to improve and expand such institutions' capacity to serve Indian students. (2) Examples of authorized activities The activities described in paragraph (1) may include - (A) purchase, rental, or lease of scientific or laboratory equipment for educational purposes, including instructional and research purposes; (B) construction, maintenance, renovation, and improvement in classrooms, libraries, laboratories, and other instructional facilities, including purchase or rental of telecommunications technology equipment or services; (C) support of faculty exchanges, faculty development, and faculty fellowships to assist in attaining advanced degrees in the faculty's field of instruction; (D) academic instruction in disciplines in which Indians are underrepresented; (E) purchase of library books, periodicals, and other educational materials, including telecommunications program material; (F) tutoring, counseling, and student service programs designed to improve academic success; (G) funds management, administrative management, and acquisition of equipment for use in strengthening funds management; (H) joint use of facilities, such as laboratories and libraries; (I) establishing or improving a development office to strengthen or improve contributions from alumni and the private sector; (J) establishing or enhancing a program of teacher education designed to qualify students to teach in elementary schools or secondary schools, with a particular emphasis on teaching Indian children and youth, that shall include, as part of such program, preparation for teacher certification; (K) establishing community outreach programs that encourage Indian elementary school and secondary school students to develop the academic skills and the interest to pursue postsecondary education; and (L) other activities proposed in the application submitted pursuant to subsection (d) of this section that - (i) contribute to carrying out the activities described in subparagraphs (A) through (K); and (ii) are approved by the Secretary as part of the review and acceptance of such application. (3) Endowment fund (A) In general A Tribal College or University may use not more than 20 percent of the grant funds provided under this section to establish or increase an endowment fund at the institution. (B) Matching requirement In order to be eligible to use grant funds in accordance with subparagraph (A), the Tribal College or University shall provide matching funds, in an amount equal to the Federal funds used in accordance with subparagraph (A), for the establishment or increase of the endowment fund. (C) Comparability The provisions of part C of this subchapter regarding the establishment or increase of an endowment fund, that the Secretary determines are not inconsistent with this paragraph, shall apply to funds used under subparagraph (A). (d) Application process (1) Institutional eligibility To be eligible to receive assistance under this section, a Tribal College or University shall be an eligible institution under section 1058(b) of this title. (2) Application Any Tribal College or University desiring to receive assistance under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, and in such manner, as the Secretary may by regulation reasonably require. The Secretary shall, to the extent possible, prescribe a simplified and streamlined format for such applications that takes into account the limited number of institutions that are eligible for assistance under this section. Each such application shall include - (A) a 5-year plan for improving the assistance provided by the Tribal College or University to Indian students, increasing the rates at which Indian secondary school students enroll in higher education, and increasing overall postsecondary retention rates for Indian students; and (B) such enrollment data and other information and assurances as the Secretary may require to demonstrate compliance with paragraph (1). (3) Special rules (A) Eligibility No Tribal College or University that receives funds under this section shall concurrently receive funds under other provisions of this part or part B of this subchapter. (B) Exemption Section 1059(d) of this title shall not apply to institutions that are eligible to receive funds under this section. (C) Distribution In awarding grants under this section, the Secretary shall, to the extent possible and consistent with the competitive process under which such grants are awarded, ensure maximum and equitable distribution among all eligible institutions. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 316, as added Pub. L. 102-325, title III, Sec. 302(d)(1), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 473; amended Pub. L. 103-208, Sec. 2(a)(7), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2457; Pub. L. 105-244, title III, Sec. 303(e), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1639; Pub. L. 106-211, Sec. 1(a), (b)(1), May 26, 2000, 114 Stat. 330.) -REFTEXT- REFERENCES IN TEXT The Equity in Educational Land Grant Status Act of 1994, referred to in subsec. (b)(3), means the Equity in Educational Land-Grant Status Act of 1994, Pub. L. 103-382, title V, part C, Oct. 20, 1994, 108 Stat. 4048, as amended, which is set out as a note under section 301 of Title 7, Agriculture. -MISC1- AMENDMENTS 2000 - Subsec. (d)(2). Pub. L. 106-211, Sec. 1(a), inserted after first sentence "The Secretary shall, to the extent possible, prescribe a simplified and streamlined format for such applications that takes into account the limited number of institutions that are eligible for assistance under this section." Subsec. (d)(3). Pub. L. 106-211, Sec. 1(b)(1), added par. (3) and struck out heading and text of former par. (3). Text read as follows: "For the purposes of this part, no Tribal College or University that is eligible for and receives funds under this section may concurrently receive other funds under this part or part B of this subchapter." 1998 - Pub. L. 105-244 amended section catchline and text generally. Prior to amendment, text consisted of subsecs. (a) to (e) authorizing grants and related assistance to Hispanic-serving institutions to enable such institutions to improve and expand their capacity to serve Hispanic and other low-income students. 1993 - Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 103-208 substituted "(2) Examples of authorized activities. - Such programs may include - " for "Such programs may include - ". EFFECTIVE DATE OF 2000 AMENDMENT Pub. L. 106-211, Sec. 1(c), May 26, 2000, 114 Stat. 331, provided that: "The amendments made by this Act [amending this section and section 1059d of this title] shall be effective on the date of the enactment of this Act [May 26, 2000]." EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1998 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 105-244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105-244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105- 244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title. EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1993 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 103-208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102-325, except as otherwise provided, see section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103-208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title. EFFECTIVE DATE Section effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102-325, set out as an Effective Date of 1992 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1059d 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER III - INSTITUTIONAL AID Part A - Strengthening Institutions -HEAD- Sec. 1059d. Alaska Native and Native Hawaiian-serving institutions -STATUTE- (a) Program authorized The Secretary shall provide grants and related assistance to Alaska Native-serving institutions and Native Hawaiian-serving institutions to enable such institutions to improve and expand their capacity to serve Alaska Natives and Native Hawaiians. (b) Definitions For the purpose of this section - (1) the term "Alaska Native" has the meaning given the term in section 7546 of this title; (2) the term "Alaska Native-serving institution" means an institution of higher education that - (A) is an eligible institution under section 1058(b) of this title; and (B) at the time of application, has an enrollment of undergraduate students that is at least 20 percent Alaska Native students; (3) the term "Native Hawaiian" has the meaning given the term in section 7517 of this title; and (4) the term "Native Hawaiian-serving institution" means an institution of higher education which - (A) is an eligible institution under section 1058(b) of this title; and (B) at the time of application, has an enrollment of undergraduate students that is at least 10 percent Native Hawaiian students. (c) Authorized activities (1) Types of activities authorized Grants awarded under this section shall be used by Alaska Native-serving institutions and Native Hawaiian-serving institutions to assist such institutions to plan, develop, undertake, and carry out activities to improve and expand such institutions' capacity to serve Alaska Natives or Native Hawaiians. (2) Examples of authorized activities Such programs may include - (A) purchase, rental, or lease of scientific or laboratory equipment for educational purposes, including instructional and research purposes; (B) renovation and improvement in classroom, library, laboratory, and other instructional facilities; (C) support of faculty exchanges, and faculty development and faculty fellowships to assist in attaining advanced degrees in the faculty's field of instruction; (D) curriculum development and academic instruction; (E) purchase of library books, periodicals, microfilm, and other educational materials; (F) funds and administrative management, and acquisition of equipment for use in strengthening funds management; (G) joint use of facilities such as laboratories and libraries; and (H) academic tutoring and counseling programs and student support services. (d) Application process (1) Institutional eligibility Each Alaska Native-serving institution and Native Hawaiian- serving institution desiring to receive assistance under this section shall submit to the Secretary such enrollment data as may be necessary to demonstrate that the institution is an Alaska Native-serving institution or a Native Hawaiian-serving institution as defined in subsection (b) of this section, along with such other information and data as the Secretary may by regulation require. (2) Applications Any institution which is determined by the Secretary to be an Alaska Native-serving institution or a Native Hawaiian-serving institution may submit an application for assistance under this section to the Secretary. The Secretary shall, to the extent possible, prescribe a simplified and streamlined format for such applications that takes into account the limited number of institutions that are eligible for assistance under this section. Such application shall include - (A) a 5-year plan for improving the assistance provided by the Alaska Native-serving institution or the Native Hawaiian- serving institution to Alaska Native or Native Hawaiian students; and (B) such other information and assurance as the Secretary may require. (3) Special rules (A) Eligibility No Alaskan Native-serving institution or Native Hawaiian- serving institution that receives funds under this section shall concurrently receive funds under other provisions of this part or part B of this subchapter. (B) Exemption Section 1059(d) of this title shall not apply to institutions that are eligible to receive funds under this section. (C) Distribution In awarding grants under this section, the Secretary shall, to the extent possible and consistent with the competitive process under which such grants are awarded, ensure maximum and equitable distribution among all eligible institutions. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 317, as added Pub. L. 105-244, title III, Sec. 303(f), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1641; amended Pub. L. 106-211, Sec. 1(a), (b)(2), May 26, 2000, 114 Stat. 330; Pub. L. 107-110, title VII, Sec. 702(a), Jan. 8, 2002, 115 Stat. 1946.) -MISC1- AMENDMENTS 2002 - Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 107-110, Sec. 702(a)(1), substituted "section 7546" for "section 7938". Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 107-110, Sec. 702(a)(2), substituted "section 7517" for "section 7912". 2000 - Subsec. (d)(2). Pub. L. 106-211, Sec. 1(a), inserted after first sentence "The Secretary shall, to the extent possible, prescribe a simplified and streamlined format for such applications that takes into account the limited number of institutions that are eligible for assistance under this section." Subsec. (d)(3). Pub. L. 106-211, Sec. 1(b)(2), added par. (3). Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 106-211, Sec. 1(b)(2), struck out heading and text of subsec. (e). Text read as follows: "For the purposes of this section, no Alaska Native-serving institution or Native Hawaiian-serving institution which is eligible for and receives funds under this section may concurrently receive other funds under this part or part B of this subchapter." EFFECTIVE DATE OF 2002 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 107-110 effective Jan. 8, 2002, except with respect to certain noncompetitive programs and competitive programs, see section 5 of Pub. L. 107-110, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6301 of this title. EFFECTIVE DATE Section effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105-244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105-244, set out as an Effective Date of 1998 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Part B - Strengthening Historically Black Colleges and Universities 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER III - INSTITUTIONAL AID Part B - Strengthening Historically Black Colleges and Universities -HEAD- PART B - STRENGTHENING HISTORICALLY BLACK COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1060 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER III - INSTITUTIONAL AID Part B - Strengthening Historically Black Colleges and Universities -HEAD- Sec. 1060. Findings and purposes -STATUTE- The Congress finds that - (1) the historically Black colleges and universities have contributed significantly to the effort to attain equal opportunity through postsecondary education for Black, low- income, and educationally disadvantaged Americans; (2) States and the Federal Government have discriminated in the allocation of land and financial resources to support Black public institutions under the Morrill Act of 1862 [7 U.S.C. 301 et seq.] and its progeny, and against public and private Black colleges and universities in the award of Federal grants and contracts, and the distribution of Federal resources under this chapter and other Federal programs which benefit institutions of higher education; (3) the current state of Black colleges and universities is partly attributable to the discriminatory action of the States and the Federal Government and this discriminatory action requires the remedy of enhancement of Black postsecondary institutions to ensure their continuation and participation in fulfilling the Federal mission of equality of educational opportunity; and (4) financial assistance to establish or strengthen the physical plants, financial management, academic resources, and endowments of the historically Black colleges and universities are appropriate methods to enhance these institutions and facilitate a decrease in reliance on governmental financial support and to encourage reliance on endowments and private sources. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 321, as added Pub. L. 99-498, title III, Sec. 301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1294.) -REFTEXT- REFERENCES IN TEXT The Morrill Act of 1862, referred to in par. (2), is act July 2, 1862, ch. 130, 12 Stat. 503, as amended, also known as the First Morrill Act, which is classified generally to subchapter I (Sec. 301 et seq.) of chapter 13 of Title 7, Agriculture. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 301 of Title 7 and Tables. This chapter, referred to in par. (2), was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 89-329, as amended, known as the Higher Education Act of 1965. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1001 of this title and Tables. -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS A prior section 1060, Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 321, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title III, Sec. 301, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1393, set out purpose and grant authority for program of aiding institutions with special needs, prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99-498. Another prior section 1060, Pub. L. 90-575, title V, Sec. 504, Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1062, related to eligibility for student assistance because of conviction of crimes involving force, disruption, or seizure of property of educational institution; refusal to obey regulations or orders and disruption of administration of institution; other misconduct, disciplinary proceedings, and freedom of expression; and description of programs covered by such disqualification, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 92- 318, title I, Sec. 139B(b), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 282. -EXEC- EXECUTIVE ORDER NO. 12320 Ex. Ord. No. 12320, Sept. 15, 1981, 46 F.R. 46107, which provided for the development of a Federal program to achieve a significant increase in the participation by historically Black colleges and universities in Federally sponsored programs, was revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 12677, Apr. 28, 1989, 54 F.R. 18869, formerly set out below. EXECUTIVE ORDER NO. 12677 Ex. Ord. No. 12677, Apr. 28, 1989, 54 F.R. 18869, which provided for the development of a Federal program to achieve a significant increase in the participation by historically Black colleges and universities in Federally sponsored programs, was revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 12876, Sec. 13, Nov. 1, 1993, 58 F.R. 58735, formerly set out below. EXECUTIVE ORDER NO. 12876 Ex. Ord. No. 12876, Nov. 1, 1993, 58 F.R. 58735, which established in the Department of Education the President's Board of Advisors on Historically Black Colleges and Universities, a Presidential advisory committee, was revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 13256, Sec. 11, Feb. 12, 2002, 67 F.R. 6825, set out below. EX. ORD. NO. 13256. PRESIDENT'S BOARD OF ADVISORS ON HISTORICALLY BLACK COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES Ex. Ord. No. 13256, Feb. 12, 2002, 67 F.R. 6823, provided: By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America, in order to advance the development of the Nation's full human potential and to advance equal opportunity in higher education, to strengthen the capacity of historically black colleges and universities to provide the highest quality education, and to increase opportunities for these institutions to participate in and benefit from Federal programs, as do other colleges and universities, it is hereby ordered as follows: Section 1. There is established, in the Office of the Secretary of Education, a Presidential advisory committee entitled the "President's Board of Advisors on Historically Black Colleges and Universities" (Board). The Board shall prepare and issue an annual report to the President on the results of the participation of historically black colleges and universities in Federal programs. The Board also shall provide advice to the President and to the Secretary of Education (Secretary) regarding the needs of historically black colleges and universities in the areas of infrastructure, academic programs, and faculty and institutional development. In the annual report to the President, the Board shall make recommendations on how to increase the private sector role, including the role of private foundations, in strengthening historically black colleges and universities. Particular emphasis should also be given in the report to enhancing institutional planning and development, strengthening fiscal stability and financial management, and improving institutional infrastructure, including the use of technology, to ensure the long-term viability and enhancement of these institutions. Sec. 2. The Board shall be appointed by the President. The Board membership shall include sitting presidents of historically black colleges and universities, representatives of other higher education institutions, business and financial leaders, representatives of private foundations, and secondary school administrators. The President shall designate a Chair or Co-Chairs from among the members. Sec. 3. The White House Initiative on Historically Black Colleges and Universities (Initiative), located in the Office of the Secretary of Education, shall: (1) provide staff, resources, and assistance to the Board; (2) assist the Secretary in performing the liaison function between the executive branch and historically black colleges and universities; and (3) serve the Secretary in carrying out the responsibilities described in section 6 of this order. Sec. 4. To carry out this order, each executive department and agency identified by the Secretary may, consistent with applicable law and regulations, enter into appropriate grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements with historically black colleges and universities. The head of each department or agency so identified shall establish an annual plan that will establish clear goals for how the department or agency intends to increase the capacity of historically black colleges and universities to compete effectively for grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements and to encourage historically black colleges and universities to participate in Federal programs. The department's or agency's annual goal should be clearly reflected in the department's or agency's annual budget submission to the Office of Management and Budget. To facilitate the attainment of these goals, the head of each department or agency identified by the Secretary shall provide, as appropriate, technical assistance and information to historically black colleges and universities regarding the program activities of the department or agency and the preparation of applications or proposals for grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements. Sec. 5. Each executive department and agency identified by the Secretary shall appoint a senior official, who is a full-time officer of the Federal Government, to report directly to the department or agency head with respect to department or agency activity under this order, and to serve as liaison to the Board and to the Initiative. To the extent permitted by law and regulations, each executive department and agency identified by the Secretary shall provide appropriate information requested by the Board and staff pursuant to the order. Sec. 6. Each executive department and agency identified by the Secretary shall develop an annual plan for, and shall document the agency's effort in, increasing the capacity of historically black colleges and universities to participate in Federal programs. Each department's and agency's plan shall describe new or existing department and agency programs and measurable objectives for proposed department and agency actions, in connection with those programs, to achieve the purposes of this order. These plans shall be submitted at such time and in such form as the Secretary shall require. In consultation with the participating departments and agencies, the Secretary shall review the plans and develop, with the advice of the Board, an integrated Annual Federal Plan for Assistance to Historically Black Colleges and Universities for submission to the President. The Secretary shall provide the president of each historically black college and university with a copy of, and an opportunity to comment on, the proposed Annual Federal Plan prior to its submission to the President. Each participating department and agency shall submit to the Secretary an Annual Performance Report that shall measure each department's and agency's performance against the objectives set forth in the department's or agency's annual plan. The Secretary shall be responsible for monitoring compliance with the Annual Federal Plan after it is approved by the President. Sec. 7. In developing its annual plan, each executive department and agency identified by the Secretary shall emphasize programs and activities that develop the capacity of historically black colleges and universities to contribute to the development of human capital and to strengthen America's economic and technological base through: (1) infrastructure development and acquisitions for instruction and research; (2) student and faculty doctoral fellowships and faculty development; (3) domestic and international faculty and student exchanges and study-abroad opportunities; (4) undergraduate and graduate student internships; and (5) summer, part-time, and permanent employment opportunities. Sec. 8. Each year, the Board shall report to the President on the progress achieved in enhancing the capacity of historically black colleges and universities to serve their students, including findings and recommendations for individual departments and agencies in connection with their Annual Performance Reports, as described in section 6 of this order. Sec. 9. The Board, in consultation with the Department of Education and other executive departments and agencies, shall develop a Private Sector Strategy to assist historically black colleges and universities in: (1) increasing voluntary private- sector contributions to support the enhancement of endowments and the overall financial stability of such institutions; (2) improving and enhancing the quality and number of private-sector partnerships focused on academic program development, student achievement and faculty development, cooperative research and development projects, and faculty exchanges; and (3) improving information management, and facilities, and strengthening academic course offerings. Sec. 10. (a) The provisions in this Executive Order shall be implemented to the fullest extent permitted by law. (b) The Department of Education shall provide funding and administrative support for the Board and the Initiative. (c) Members of the Board shall serve without compensation, but shall be reimbursed for all travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, as authorized by law; (d) Insofar as the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended [5 U.S.C. App.], may apply to the Board, any functions of the President under that Act, except for those in section 6 of that Act, shall be performed by the Department of Education, in accordance with the guidelines that have been issued by the Administrator of General Services. Sec. 11. Executive Order 12876 of November 1, 1993, as amended, is hereby revoked. George W. Bush. EXTENSION OF TERM OF PRESIDENT'S BOARD OF ADVISORS ON HISTORICALLY BLACK COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES Term of President's Board of Advisors on Historically Black Colleges and Universities extended until Sept. 30, 1997, by Ex. Ord. No. 12974, Sept. 29, 1995, 60 F.R. 51875, formerly set out as a note under section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees. Term of President's Board of Advisors on Historically Black Colleges and Universities extended until Sept. 30, 1999, by Ex. Ord. No. 13062, Sec. 1(e), Sept. 29, 1997, 62 F.R. 51755, formerly set out as a note under section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act in the Appendix to Title 5. Term of President's Board of Advisors on Historically Black Colleges and Universities extended until Sept. 30, 2001, by Ex. Ord. No. 13138, Sept. 30, 1999, 64 F.R. 53879, formerly set out as a note under section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act in the Appendix to Title 5. Term of President's Board of Advisors on Historically Black Colleges and Universities extended until Sept. 30, 2003, by Ex. Ord. No. 13225, Sept. 28, 2001, 66 F.R. 50291, formerly set out as a note under section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act in the Appendix to Title 5. Term of President's Board of Advisors on Historically Black Colleges and Universities extended until Sept. 30, 2005, by Ex. Ord. No. 13316, Sept. 17, 2003, 68 F.R. 55255, formerly set out as a note under section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act in the Appendix to Title 5. Term of President's Board of Advisors on Historically Black Colleges and Universities extended until Sept. 30, 2007, by Ex. Ord. No. 13385, Sept. 29, 2005, 70 F.R. 57989, formerly set out as a note under section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act in the Appendix to Title 5. Term of President's Board of Advisors on Historically Black Colleges and Universities extended until Sept. 30, 2009, by Ex. Ord. No. 13446, Sept. 28, 2007, 72 F.R. 56175, set out as a note under section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act in the Appendix to Title 5. DETERMINATIONS REGARDING PRESIDENT'S BOARD OF ADVISORS Memorandum of the President of the United States, Aug. 17, 1990, 55 F.R. 46491, provided: Memorandum for the Secretary of Education By virtue of the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America, including section 208 of title 18 of the United States Code and section 301 of title 3 of the United States Code, I hereby delegate to the Secretary of Education my authority to make determinations under subsection (b) of section 208 of title 18, United States Code, for the members of the President's Board of Advisors on Historically Black Colleges and Universities, established pursuant to Executive Order 12677 of April 28, 1989 [formerly set out above]. This memorandum shall be published in the Federal Register. George Bush. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1061 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER III - INSTITUTIONAL AID Part B - Strengthening Historically Black Colleges and Universities -HEAD- Sec. 1061. Definitions -STATUTE- For the purpose of this part: (1) The term "graduate" means an individual who has attended an institution for at least three semesters and fulfilled academic requirements for undergraduate studies in not more than 5 consecutive school years. (2) The term "part B institution" means any historically Black college or university that was established prior to 1964, whose principal mission was, and is, the education of Black Americans, and that is accredited by a nationally recognized accrediting agency or association determined by the Secretary to be a reliable authority as to the quality of training offered or is, according to such an agency or association, making reasonable progress toward accreditation,,(!1) except that any branch campus of a southern institution of higher education that prior to September 30, 1986, received a grant as an institution with special needs under section 1060 of this title and was formally recognized by the National Center for Education Statistics as a Historically Black College or University but was determined not to be a part B institution on or after October 17, 1986, shall, from July 18, 1988, be considered a part B institution. (3) The term "Pell Grant recipient" means a recipient of financial aid under subpart 1 of part A of subchapter IV of this chapter. (4) The term "professional and academic areas in which Blacks are underrepresented" shall be determined by the Secretary and the Commissioner of the Bureau of Labor Statistics, on the basis of the most recent available satisfactory data, as professional and academic areas in which the percentage of Black Americans who have been educated, trained, and employed is less than the percentage of Blacks in the general population. (5) The term "school year" means the period of 12 months beginning July 1 of any calendar year and ending June 30 of the following calendar year. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 322, as added Pub. L. 99-498, title III, Sec. 301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1294; amended Pub. L. 100-369, Sec. 10(c), July 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 838.) -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS A prior section 1061, Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 322, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title III, Sec. 301, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1393, defined terms used in this part, prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99-498. Another prior section 1061, Pub. L. 89-329, title IV, Sec. 401, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1232; Pub. L. 90-575, title I, Sec. 101(a), (b)(1), Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1017; Pub. L. 91-95, Sec. 4, Oct. 22, 1969, 83 Stat. 143; Pub. L. 92-318, title I, Sec. 131(a)(1)(A), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 247, related to statement of purpose and authorization of appropriations for educational opportunity grants, prior to the general revision of part A of subchapter IV of this chapter by Pub. L. 92-318, title I, Sec. 131(b)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 247. AMENDMENTS 1988 - Par. (2). Pub. L. 100-369 inserted ",, except that any branch campus of a southern institution of higher education that prior to September 30, 1986, received a grant as an institution with special needs under section 1060 of this title and was formally recognized by the National Center for Education Statistics as a Historically Black College or University but was determined not to be a part B institution on or after October 17, 1986, shall, from July 18, 1988, be considered a part B institution" after "accreditation". -FOOTNOTE- (!1) So in original. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1062 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER III - INSTITUTIONAL AID Part B - Strengthening Historically Black Colleges and Universities -HEAD- Sec. 1062. Grants to institutions -STATUTE- (a) General authorization; uses of funds From amounts available under section 1069f(a)(2) (!1) of this title in any fiscal year the Secretary shall make grants (under section 1063 of this title) to institutions which have applications approved by the Secretary (under section 1063a of this title) for any of the following uses: (1) Purchase, rental, or lease of scientific or laboratory equipment for educational purposes, including instructional and research purposes. (2) Construction, maintenance, renovation, and improvement in classroom, library, laboratory, and other instructional facilities, including purchase or rental of telecommunications technology equipment or services. (3) Support of faculty exchanges, and faculty development and faculty fellowships to assist in attaining advanced degrees in their field of instruction. (4) Academic instruction in disciplines in which Black Americans are underrepresented. (5) Purchase of library books, periodicals, microfilm, and other educational materials, including telecommunications program materials. (6) Tutoring, counseling, and student service programs designed to improve academic success. (7) Funds and administrative management, and acquisition of equipment for use in strengthening funds management. (8) Joint use of facilities, such as laboratories and libraries. (9) Establishing or improving a development office to strengthen or improve contributions from alumni and the private sector. (10) Establishing or enhancing a program of teacher education designed to qualify students to teach in a public elementary or secondary school in the State that shall include, as part of such program, preparation for teacher certification. (11) Establishing community outreach programs which will encourage elementary and secondary students to develop the academic skills and the interest to pursue postsecondary education. (12) Other activities proposed in the application submitted pursuant to section 1063a of this title that - (A) contribute to carrying out the purposes of this part; and (B) are approved by the Secretary as part of the review and acceptance of such application. (b) Endowment fund (1) In general An institution may use not more than 20 percent of the grant funds provided under this part to establish or increase an endowment fund at the institution. (2) Matching requirement In order to be eligible to use grant funds in accordance with paragraph (1), the eligible institution shall provide matching funds from non-Federal sources, in an amount equal to or greater than the Federal funds used in accordance with paragraph (1), for the establishment or increase of the endowment fund. (3) Comparability The provisions of part C of this subchapter regarding the establishment or increase of an endowment fund, that the Secretary determines are not inconsistent with this subsection, shall apply to funds used under paragraph (1). (c) Limitations (1) No grant may be made under this chapter for any educational program, activity, or service related to sectarian instruction or religious worship, or provided by a school or department of divinity. For the purpose of this subsection, the term "school or department of divinity" means an institution whose program is specifically for the education of students to prepare them to become ministers of religion or to enter upon some other religious vocation, or to prepare them to teach theological subjects. (2) Not more than 50 percent of the allotment of any institution may be available for the purpose of constructing or maintaining a classroom, library, laboratory, or other instructional facility. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 323, as added Pub. L. 99-498, title III, Sec. 301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1295; amended Pub. L. 100-50, Sec. 2(a)(7), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 335; Pub. L. 100- 369, Sec. 10(b), July 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 838; Pub. L. 102-325, title III, Sec. 303(a), (b), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 474, 475; Pub. L. 103-208, Sec. 2(a)(8), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2457; Pub. L. 105-244, title III, Sec. 304(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1642.) -REFTEXT- REFERENCES IN TEXT Section 1069f(a)(2) of this title, referred to in subsec. (a), was in the original a reference to section 360(a)(2) of Pub. L. 89- 329. Section 360 of Pub. L. 89-329 was renumbered section 399 of Pub. L. 89-329 by Pub. L. 105-244, title III, Sec. 301(a)(2), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, and was transferred to section 1068h of this title. This chapter, referred to in subsec. (c)(1), was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 89-329, as amended, known as the Higher Education Act of 1965. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1001 of this title and Tables. -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS A prior section 1062, Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 323, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title III, Sec. 301, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1395, provided for duration of grants to institutions with special needs, prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99-498. Another prior section 1062, Pub. L. 89-329, title IV, Sec. 402, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1232; Pub. L. 90-575, title I, Sec. 102, Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1017, related to determination of amount of grant and establishment of basic criteria or schedules, prior to the general revision of part A of subchapter IV of this chapter by Pub. L. 92-318, title I, Sec. 131(b)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 247. AMENDMENTS 1998 - Subsecs. (b), (c). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 304(a)(1), (2), added subsec. (b) and redesignated former subsec. (b) as (c). Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 304(a)(3), struck out par. (3) which read as follows: "The Secretary shall not award a grant under this part for telecommunications technology equipment, facilities or services, if such equipment, facilities or services are available pursuant to section 396(k) of title 47." 1993 - Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 103-208 realigned margin. 1992 - Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 102-325, Sec. 303(a)(1), inserted ", including purchase or rental of telecommunications technology equipment or services" after "facilities". Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 102-325, Sec. 303(a)(2), inserted ", including telecommunications program materials" after "materials". Subsec. (a)(9) to (12). Pub. L. 102-325, Sec. 303(a)(3), added pars. (9) to (12). Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 102-325, Sec. 303(b), added par. (3). 1988 - Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 100-369, Sec. 10(b)(1), inserted ", and faculty development" after "exchanges". Subsec. (a)(7), (8). Pub. L. 100-369, Sec. 10(b)(2), added pars. (7) and (8). 1987 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 100-50 substituted "section 1069f(a)(2) of this title" for "section 1069d(a)(2) of this title". EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1998 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 105-244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105-244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105- 244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title. EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1993 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 103-208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102-325, except as otherwise provided, see section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103-208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title. EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1992 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 102-325 effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102-325, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title. EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1987 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 100-50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99-498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100-50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title. -FOOTNOTE- (!1) See References in Text note below. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1063 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER III - INSTITUTIONAL AID Part B - Strengthening Historically Black Colleges and Universities -HEAD- Sec. 1063. Allotments to institutions -STATUTE- (a) Allotment; Pell Grant basis From the amounts appropriated to carry out this part for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall allot to each part B institution a sum which bears the same ratio to one-half that amount as the number of Pell Grant recipients in attendance at such institution at the end of the school year preceding the beginning of that fiscal year bears to the total number of Pell Grant recipients at all part B institutions. (b) Allotment; graduates basis From the amounts appropriated to carry out this part for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall allot to each part B institution a sum which bears the same ratio to one-fourth that amount as the number of graduates for such school year at such institution bears to the total number of graduates for such school year at all part B institutions. (c) Allotment; graduate and professional student basis From the amounts appropriated to carry out this part for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall allot to each part B institution a sum which bears the same ratio to one-fourth of that amount as the percentage of graduates per institution, who are admitted to and in attendance at, within 5 years of graduation with a baccalaureate degree, a graduate or professional school in a degree program in disciplines in which Blacks are underrepresented, bears to the percentage of such graduates per institution for all part B institutions. (d) Minimum allotment (1) Notwithstanding subsections (a), (b), and (c) of this section, the amount allotted to each part B institution under this section shall not be less than $500,000. (2) If the amount appropriated pursuant to section 1069f(a)(2)(A) (!1) of this title for any fiscal year is not sufficient to pay the minimum allotment required by paragraph (1) of this subsection to all part B institutions, the amount of such minimum allotments shall be ratably reduced. If additional sums become available for such fiscal year, such reduced allocation shall be increased on the same basis as they were reduced (until the amount allotted equals the minimum allotment required by paragraph (1)). (e) Reallotment The amount of any part B institution's allotment under subsection (a), (b), (c), or (d) of this section for any fiscal year which the Secretary determines will not be required for such institution for the period such allotment is available shall be available for reallotment from time to time on such date during such period as the Secretary may determine to other part B institutions in proportion to the original allotment to such other institutions under this section for such fiscal year. (f) Special merger rule (1) The Secretary shall permit any eligible institution for a grant under part B in any fiscal year prior to the fiscal year 1986 to apply for a grant under this part if the eligible institution has merged with another institution of higher education which is not so eligible or has merged with an eligible institution. (2) The Secretary may establish such regulations as may be necessary to carry out the requirement of paragraph (1) of this subsection. (g) Special rule for certain District of Columbia eligible institutions In any fiscal year that the Secretary determines that Howard University or the University of the District of Columbia will receive an allotment under subsections (b) and (c) of this section which is not in excess of amounts received by Howard University under section 123 of this title, relating to annual authorization of appropriations for Howard University, or by the University of the District of Columbia under the District of Columbia Home Rule Act (87 Stat. 774) for such fiscal year, then Howard University and the University of the District of Columbia, as the case may be, shall be ineligible to receive an allotment under this section. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 324, as added Pub. L. 99-498, title III, Sec. 301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1296; amended Pub. L. 99-509, title VII, Sec. 7007, Oct. 21, 1986, 100 Stat. 1950; Pub. L. 102-325, title III, Sec. 303(c), (d), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 475; Pub. L. 105-33, title XI, Sec. 11717(b), Aug. 5, 1997, 111 Stat. 786.) -REFTEXT- REFERENCES IN TEXT Section 1069f(a)(2)(A) of this title, referred to in subsec. (d)(2), was in the original a reference to section 360(a)(2)(A) of Pub. L. 89-329. Section 360 of Pub. L. 89-329 was renumbered section 399 of Pub. L. 89-329 by Pub. L. 105-244, title III, Sec. 301(a)(2), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, and was transferred to section 1068h of this title. The District of Columbia Home Rule Act, referred to in subsec. (g), is Pub. L. 93-198, Dec. 24, 1973, 87 Stat. 774, as amended. For classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables. -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS A prior section 1063, Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 324, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title III, Sec. 301, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1395, related to Federal share of grants to institutions with special needs, prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99-498. Another prior section 1063, Pub. L. 89-329, title IV, Sec. 403, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1233, related to duration of grant and eligibility for payments, prior to the general revision of part A of subchapter IV of this chapter by Pub. L. 92-318, title I, Sec. 131(b)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 247. AMENDMENTS 1997 - Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 105-33 substituted "District of Columbia Home Rule Act" for "District of Columbia Self-Government and Governmental Reorganization Act". 1992 - Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 102-325, Sec. 303(c), inserted ", within 5 years of graduation with a baccalaureate degree," after "in attendance at". Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 102-325, Sec. 303(d), substituted "$500,000" for "$350,000". 1986 - Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 99-509, Sec. 7007(4), amended subsec. generally, substituting "percentage of graduates per institution" for "number of graduates" and "percentage of such graduates per institution" for "number of such graduates". Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 99-509, Sec. 7007(1), (2), added subsec. (d). Former subsec. (d) redesignated (e). Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 99-509, Sec. 7007(1), (3), redesignated former subsec. (d) as (e), and substituted "subsection (a), (b), (c), or (d) of this section" for "subsection (a), (b), or (c) of this section". Former subsec. (e) redesignated (f). Subsecs. (f), (g). Pub. L. 99-509, Sec. 7007(1), redesignated subsecs. (e) and (f) as (f) and (g), respectively. EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1997 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 105-33 effective Oct. 1, 1997, except as otherwise provided in title XI of Pub. L. 105-33, see section 11721 of Pub. L. 105-33, set out as a note under section 4246 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure. EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1992 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 102-325 effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102-325, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title. -FOOTNOTE- (!1) See References in Text note below. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1063a 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER III - INSTITUTIONAL AID Part B - Strengthening Historically Black Colleges and Universities -HEAD- Sec. 1063a. Applications -STATUTE- (a) Contents No part B institution shall be entitled to its allotment of Federal funds for any grant under section 1063 of this title for any period unless that institution meets the requirements of subparagraphs (C), (D), and (E) (!1) of section 1058(b)(1) of this title and submits an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing or accompanied by such information, as the Secretary may reasonably require. Each such application shall - (1) provide that the payments under this chapter will be used for the purposes set forth in section 1062 of this title; and (2) provide for making an annual report to the Secretary and provide for - (A) conducting, except as provided in subparagraph (B), a financial and compliance audit of an eligible institution, with regard to any funds obtained by it under this subchapter at least once every 2 years and covering the period since the most recent audit, conducted by a qualified, independent organization or person in accordance with standards established by the Comptroller General for the audit of governmental organizations, programs, and functions, and as prescribed in regulations of the Secretary, the results of which shall be submitted to the Secretary; or (B) with regard to an eligible institution which is audited under chapter 75 of title 31 deeming such audit to satisfy the requirements of subparagraph (A) for the period covered by such audit. (b) Approval The Secretary shall approve any application which meets the requirements of subsection (a) of this section and shall not disapprove any application submitted under this part, or any modification thereof, without first affording such institution reasonable notice and opportunity for a hearing. (c) Goals for financial management and academic programs Any application for a grant under this part shall describe measurable goals for the institution's financial management and academic programs and include a plan of how the applicant intends to achieve those goals. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 325, as added Pub. L. 99-498, title III, Sec. 301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1296; amended Pub. L. 100-50, Sec. 2(a)(8), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 335; Pub. L. 102- 325, title III, Sec. 303(e), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 475.) -REFTEXT- REFERENCES IN TEXT Section 1058(b)(1)(E) of this title, referred to in subsec. (a), was repealed and section 1058(b)(1)(F) was redesignated section 1058(b)(1)(E) by Pub. L. 102-325, title III, Sec. 302(a)(1)(B), (C), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 472. This chapter, referred to in subsec. (a)(1), was in the original "this Act", meaning Pub. L. 89-329, as amended, known as the Higher Education Act of 1965. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1001 of this title and Tables. -MISC1- AMENDMENTS 1992 - Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 102-325 added subsec. (c). 1987 - Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 100-50 substituted "section 1062 of this title" for "section 1061 of this title". EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1992 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 102-325 effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102-325, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title. EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1987 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 100-50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99-498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100-50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title. -FOOTNOTE- (!1) See References in Text note below. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1063b 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER III - INSTITUTIONAL AID Part B - Strengthening Historically Black Colleges and Universities -HEAD- Sec. 1063b. Professional or graduate institutions -STATUTE- (a) General authorization (1) Subject to the availability of funds appropriated to carry out this section, the Secretary shall award program grants to each of the postgraduate institutions listed in subsection (e) of this section that is determined by the Secretary to be making a substantial contribution to the legal, medical, dental, veterinary, or other graduate education opportunities in mathematics, engineering, or the physical or natural sciences for Black Americans. (2) No grant in excess of $1,000,000 may be made under this section unless the postgraduate institution provides assurances that 50 percent of the cost of the purposes for which the grant is made will be paid from non-Federal sources, except that no institution shall be required to match any portion of the first $1,000,000 of the institution's award from the Secretary. After funds are made available to each eligible institution under the funding rules described in subsection (f) of this section, the Secretary shall distribute, on a pro rata basis, any amounts which were not so made available (by reason of the failure of an institution to comply with the matching requirements of this paragraph) among the institutions that have complied with such matching requirement. (b) Duration Grants shall be made for a period not to exceed 5 years. (c) Uses of funds A grant under this section may be used for - (1) purchase, rental or lease of scientific or laboratory equipment for educational purposes, including instructional and research purposes; (2) construction, maintenance, renovation, and improvement in classroom, library, laboratory, and other instructional facilities, including purchase or rental of telecommunications technology equipment or services; (3) purchase of library books, periodicals, technical and other scientific journals, microfilm, microfiche, and other educational materials, including telecommunications program materials; (4) scholarships, fellowships, and other financial assistance for needy graduate and professional students to permit the enrollment of the students in and completion of the doctoral degree in medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, veterinary medicine, law, and the doctorate degree in the physical or natural sciences, engineering, mathematics, or other scientific disciplines in which African Americans are underrepresented; (5) establish or improve a development office to strengthen and increase contributions from alumni and the private sector; (6) assist in the establishment or maintenance of an institutional endowment to facilitate financial independence pursuant to section 1065 of this title; and (7) funds and administrative management, and the acquisition of equipment, including software, for use in strengthening funds management and management information systems. (d) Application Any institution eligible for a grant under this section shall submit an application which - (1) demonstrates how the grant funds will be used to improve graduate educational opportunities for Black and low-income students, and lead to greater financial independence; and (2) provides, in the case of applications for grants in excess of $1,000,000, the assurances required by subsection (a)(2) of this section and specifies the manner in which the eligible institution is going to pay the non-Federal share of the cost of the application. (e) Eligibility (1) In general Independent professional or graduate institutions and programs eligible for grants under subsection (a) of this section are the following (!1) (A) Morehouse School of Medicine; (B) Meharry Medical School; (C) Charles R. Drew Postgraduate Medical School; (D) Clark-Atlanta University; (E) Tuskegee University School of Veterinary Medicine and other qualified graduate programs; (F) Xavier University School of Pharmacy and other qualified graduate programs; (G) Southern University School of Law and other qualified graduate programs; (H) Texas Southern University School of Law and School of Pharmacy and other qualified graduate programs; (I) Florida A&M University School of Pharmaceutical Sciences and other qualified graduate programs; (J) North Carolina Central University School of Law and other qualified graduate programs; (K) Morgan State University qualified graduate program; (L) Hampton University qualified graduate program; (M) Alabama A&M qualified graduate program; (N) North Carolina A&T State University qualified graduate program; (O) University of Maryland Eastern Shore qualified graduate program; (P) Jackson State University qualified graduate program; (Q) Norfolk State University qualified graduate programs; and (R) Tennessee State University qualified graduate programs. (2) Qualified graduate program (A) For the purposes of this section, the term "qualified graduate program" means a graduate or professional program that provides a program of instruction in the physical or natural sciences, engineering, mathematics, or other scientific discipline in which African Americans are underrepresented and has students enrolled in such program at the time of application for a grant under this section. (B) Notwithstanding the enrollment requirement contained in subparagraph (A), an institution may use an amount equal to not more than 10 percent of the institution's grant under this section for the development of a new qualified graduate program. (3) Special rule Institutions that were awarded grants under this section prior to October 1, 1998, shall continue to receive such grants, subject to the availability of appropriated funds, regardless of the eligibility of the institutions described in subparagraphs (Q) and (R) of paragraph (1). (4) One grant per institution The Secretary shall not award more than 1 grant under this section in any fiscal year to any institution of higher education or university system. (5) Institutional choice The president or chancellor of the institution may decide which graduate or professional school or qualified graduate program will receive funds under the grant in any 1 fiscal year, if the allocation of funds among the schools or programs is delineated in the application for funds submitted to the Secretary under this section. (f) Funding rule Subject to subsection (g) of this section, of the amount appropriated to carry out this section for any fiscal year - (1) the first $26,600,000 (or any lesser amount appropriated) shall be available only for the purposes of making grants to institutions or programs described in subparagraphs (A) through (P) of subsection (e)(1) of this section; (2) any amount in excess of $26,600,000, but not in excess of $28,600,000, shall be available for the purpose of making grants to institutions or programs described in subparagraphs (Q) and (R) of subsection (e)(1) of this section; and (3) any amount in excess of $28,600,000, shall be made available to each of the institutions or programs identified in subparagraphs (A) through (R) (!2) pursuant to a formula developed by the Secretary that uses the following elements: (A) The ability of the institution to match Federal funds with non-Federal funds. (B) The number of students enrolled in the programs for which the eligible institution received funding under this section in the previous year. (C) The average cost of education per student, for all full- time graduate or professional students (or the equivalent) enrolled in the eligible professional or graduate school, or for doctoral students enrolled in the qualified graduate programs. (D) The number of students in the previous year who received their first professional or doctoral degree from the programs for which the eligible institution received funding under this section in the previous year. (E) The contribution, on a percent basis, of the programs for which the institution is eligible to receive funds under this section to the total number of African Americans receiving graduate or professional degrees in the professions or disciplines related to the programs for the previous year. (g) Hold harmless rule Notwithstanding paragraphs (2) and (3) of subsection (f) of this section, no institution or qualified program identified in subsection (e)(1) of this section that received a grant for fiscal year 1998 and that is eligible to receive a grant in a subsequent fiscal year shall receive a grant amount in any such subsequent fiscal year that is less than the grant amount received for fiscal year 1998, unless the amount appropriated is not sufficient to provide such grant amounts to all such institutions and programs, or the institution cannot provide sufficient matching funds to meet the requirements of this section. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 326, as added Pub. L. 99-498, title III, Sec. 301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1297; amended Pub. L. 100-50, Sec. 2(a)(9), (10), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 335; Pub. L. 102-325, title III, Sec. 303(f)(1), (g), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 475, 476; Pub. L. 103-208, Sec. 2(a)(9), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2457; Pub. L. 104-141, Sec. 2, May 6, 1996, 110 Stat. 1328; Pub. L. 105-244, title III, Sec. 304(b), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1643.) -MISC1- AMENDMENTS 1998 - Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 304(b)(1)(A)(i), inserted "in mathematics, engineering, or the physical or natural sciences" after "graduate education opportunities". Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 304(b)(1)(A)(ii), substituted "$1,000,000 may" for "$500,000 may" and ", except that no institution shall be required to match any portion of the first $1,000,000 of the institution's award from the Secretary. After funds are made available to each eligible institution under the funding rules described in subsection (f) of this section, the Secretary shall distribute, on a pro rata basis, any amounts which were not so made available (by reason of the failure of an institution to comply with the matching requirements of this paragraph) among the institutions that have complied with such matching requirement." for "except that the Morehouse School of Medicine shall receive at least $3,000,000." Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 304(b)(2), added pars. (1) to (7) and struck out former pars. (1) to (3) which read as follows: "(1) any of the purposes enumerated under section 1062 of this title; "(2) to establish or improve a development office to strengthen and increase contributions from alumni and the private sector; and "(3) to assist in the establishment or maintenance of an institutional endowment to facilitate financial independence pursuant to section 1065 of this title." Subsec. (d)(2). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 304(b)(1)(B), substituted "$1,000,000" for "$500,000". Subsec. (e)(1). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 304(b)(3)(A)(i), substituted "are the following" for "include - " in introductory provisions. Subsec. (e)(1)(E) to (J). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 304(b)(3)(A)(ii), inserted "and other qualified graduate programs" before semicolon at end. Subsec. (e)(1)(P). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 304(b)(3)(A)(iv)(I), inserted "University" after "State". Subsec. (e)(1)(Q), (R). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 304(b)(3)(A)(iii), (iv)(II), (III), added subpars. (Q) and (R). Subsec. (e)(2). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 304(b)(3)(B), added par. (2) and struck out heading and text of former par. (2). Text read as follows: "For the purposes of this section, the term 'qualified graduate program' means a graduate or professional program that - "(A) provides a program of instruction in the physical or natural sciences, engineering, mathematics, or other scientific discipline in which African Americans are underrepresented; and "(B) has students enrolled in such program at the time of application for a grant under this section." Subsec. (e)(3). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 304(b)(3)(B), added par. (3) and struck out heading and text of former par. (3). Text read as follows: "Graduate institutions that were awarded grants under this section prior to October 1, 1992 shall continue to receive such grant payments, regardless of the eligibility of the graduate institutions described in subparagraphs (F) through (P), until such grant period has expired or September 30, 1993, whichever is later." Subsec. (e)(5). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 304(b)(3)(C), added par. (5). Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 304(b)(4)(A), substituted "Subject to subsection (g), of the amount appropriated" for "Of the amount appropriated" in introductory provisions. Subsec. (f)(1). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 304(b)(4)(B), substituted "$26,600,000" for "$12,000,000" and "(A) through (P)" for "(A) through (E)". Subsec. (f)(2), (3). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 304(b)(4)(C), added pars. (2) and (3) and struck out former par. (2) which read as follows: "any amount appropriated in excess of $12,000,000 shall be available - "(A) for the purposes of making grants, in equal amounts not to exceed $500,000, to institutions or programs described in subparagraphs (F) through (P) of subsection (e)(1) of this section; and "(B) secondly for the purposes of making grants to institutions or programs described in subparagraphs (A) through (P) of subsection (e)(1) of this section." Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 304(b)(5), added subsec. (g). 1996 - Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 104-141 struck out at end "No more than two 5-year grants (for a period of not more than 10 years) may be made to any one undergraduate or postgraduate institution." 1993 - Subsec. (e)(2). Pub. L. 103-208 redesignated subpar. (C) as (B) and struck out former subpar. (B) which read as follows: "has been accredited by a nationally recognized accrediting agency or association or has been approved by a nationally recognized approving agency; and". 1992 - Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 102-325, Sec. 303(f)(1), substituted "Eligibility" for "Eligible professional or graduate institutions" in heading and amended text generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: "Independent professional or graduate institutions eligible for grants under subsection (a) of this section include - "(1) Morehouse School of Medicine; "(2) Meharry Medical School; "(3) Charles R. Drew Postgraduate Medical School; "(4) Atlanta University; and "(5) Tuskegee Institute School of Veterinary Medicine." Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 102-325, Sec. 303(g), added subsec. (f). 1987 - Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 100-50, Sec. 2(a)(9), inserted "except that the Morehouse School of Medicine shall receive at least $3,000,000". Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 100-50, Sec. 2(a)(10), made technical amendment to reference to section 1065 of this title to correct reference to corresponding section of original act. EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1998 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 105-244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105-244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105- 244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title. EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1993 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 103-208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102-325, except as otherwise provided, see section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103-208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title. EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1992 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 102-325 effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102-325, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title. EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1987 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 100-50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99-498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100-50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title. CONGRESSIONAL FINDINGS Section 1 of Pub. L. 104-141 provided that: "The Congress finds the following: "(1) The Historically Black Graduate Professional Schools identified under section 326 of the Higher Education Act [20 U.S.C. 1063b] may receive grant funds if the Secretary of Education determines that such institutions make a substantial contribution to the legal, medical, dental, veterinary, or other graduate opportunity for African Americans. "(2) The health professions schools which participate under section 326 train 50 percent of the Nation's African American physicians, 50 percent of the Nation's African American dentists, 50 percent of the Nation's African American pharmacists, and 75 percent of the Nation's African American veterinarians. "(3) A majority of the graduates of these schools practice in poor urban and rural areas of the country providing care to many disadvantaged Americans. "(4) The survival of these schools will contribute to the improved health status of disadvantaged persons, and of all Americans." -FOOTNOTE- (!1) So in original. Probably should be followed by a colon. (!2) So in original. Probably should be "subparagraphs (A) to (R) of subsection (e)(1) of this section". -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1063c 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER III - INSTITUTIONAL AID Part B - Strengthening Historically Black Colleges and Universities -HEAD- Sec. 1063c. Reporting and audit requirements -STATUTE- (a) Recordkeeping Each recipient of a grant under this part shall keep such records as the Secretary shall prescribe, including records which fully disclose - (1) the amount and disposition by such recipient of the proceeds of such assistance; (2) the cost of the project or undertaking in connection with which such assistance is given or used; (3) the amount of that portion of the cost of the project or undertaking supplied by other sources; and (4) such other records as will facilitate an effective audit. (b) Repayment of unexpended funds Any funds paid to an institution and not expended or used for the purposes for which the funds were paid within 10 years following the date of the initial grant awarded to an institution under part B of this subchapter shall be repaid to the Treasury of the United States. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 327, as added Pub. L. 99-498, title III, Sec. 301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1298; amended Pub. L. 100-50, Sec. 2(a)(11), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 335.) -MISC1- AMENDMENTS 1987 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 100-50 substituted "part" for "chapter" in introductory text. EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1987 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 100-50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99-498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100-50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Part C - Endowment Challenge Grants for Institutions Eligible for Assistance Under Part A or Part B 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER III - INSTITUTIONAL AID Part C - Endowment Challenge Grants for Institutions Eligible for Assistance Under Part A or Part B -HEAD- PART C - ENDOWMENT CHALLENGE GRANTS FOR INSTITUTIONS ELIGIBLE FOR ASSISTANCE UNDER PART A OR PART B -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1064 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER III - INSTITUTIONAL AID Part C - Endowment Challenge Grants for Institutions Eligible for Assistance Under Part A or Part B -HEAD- Sec. 1064. Repealed. -MISC1- Sec. 1064. Repealed. Pub. L. 102-325, title III, Sec. 304(a)(2), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 476. Section, Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 331, as added Pub. L. 99- 498, title III, Sec. 301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1298, related to establishment of challenge grant program. A prior section 1064, Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 331, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title III, Sec. 301, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1395; amended Pub. L. 97-35, title V, Sec. 516(c)(2), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 447, established a challenge grant program, prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99-498. Another prior section 1064, Pub. L. 89-329, title IV, Sec. 404, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1233, related to time and manner of making application for grant, selection of recipients and conditions precedent to award, prior to the general revision of part A of subchapter IV of this chapter by Pub. L. 92-318, title I, Sec. 131(b)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 247. EFFECTIVE DATE OF REPEAL Repeal effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102-325, set out as an Effective Date of 1992 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1065 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER III - INSTITUTIONAL AID Part C - Endowment Challenge Grants for Institutions Eligible for Assistance Under Part A or Part B -HEAD- Sec. 1065. Endowment challenge grants -STATUTE- (a) Purpose; definitions (1) The purpose of this section is to establish a program to provide matching grants to eligible institutions in order to establish or increase endowment funds at such institutions, to provide additional incentives to promote fund raising activities by such institutions, and to foster increased independence and self- sufficiency at such institutions. (2) For the purpose of this section: (A) The term "endowment fund" means a fund established by State law, by an institution of higher education, or by a foundation which is exempt from taxation and is maintained for the purpose of generating income for the support of the institution, but which shall not include real estate. (B) The term "endowment fund corpus" means an amount equal to the grant or grants awarded under this section plus an amount equal to such grant or grants provided by the institution. (C) The term "endowment fund income" means an amount equal to the total value of the endowment fund established under this section minus the endowment fund corpus. (D)(i) The term "eligible institution" means an institution that is an - (I) eligible institution under part A of this subchapter or would be considered to be such an institution if section 1058(b)(1)(C) of this title referred to a postgraduate degree rather than a bachelor's degree; (II) institution eligible for assistance under part B of this subchapter or would be considered to be such an institution if section 1063 of this title referred to a postgraduate degree rather than a baccalaureate degree; or (III) institution of higher education that makes a substantial contribution to postgraduate medical educational opportunities for minorities and the economically disadvantaged. (ii) The Secretary may waive the requirements of subclauses (I) and (II) of clause (i) with respect to a postgraduate degree in the case of any institution otherwise eligible under clause (i) for an endowment challenge grant upon determining that the institution makes a substantial contribution to medical education opportunities for minorities and the economically disadvantaged. (b) Grants authorized (1) From sums available for this section under section 1068h of this title, the Secretary is authorized to award endowment challenge grants to eligible institutions to establish or increase an endowment fund at such institution. Such grants shall be made only to eligible institutions described in paragraph (4) whose applications have been approved pursuant to subsection (g) of this section. (2)(A) Except as provided in subparagraph (B), no institution shall receive a grant under this section, unless such institution has deposited in its endowment fund established under this section an amount equal to the amount of such grant. The source of funds for this institutional match shall not include Federal funds or funds from an existing endowment fund. (B) The Secretary may make a grant under this part to an eligible institution in any fiscal year if the institution - (i) applies for a grant in an amount not exceeding $500,000; and (ii) has deposited in the eligible institution's endowment fund established under this section an amount which is equal to 1/2 of the amount of such grant. (C) An eligible institution of higher education that is awarded a grant under subparagraph (B) shall not be eligible to receive an additional grant under subparagraph (B) until 10 years after the date on which the grant period terminates. (3) The period of a grant under this section shall be not more than 20 years. During the grant period, an institution may not withdraw or expend any of the endowment fund corpus. After the termination of the grant period, an institution may use the endowment fund corpus plus any endowment fund income for any educational purpose. (4)(A) An institution of higher education is eligible to receive a grant under this section if it is an eligible institution as described in subsection (a)(2)(D) of this section. (B) No institution shall be ineligible for an endowment challenge grant under this section for a fiscal year by reason of the previous receipt of such a grant but no institution shall be eligible to receive such a grant for more than 2 fiscal years out of any period of 5 consecutive fiscal years. (5) An endowment challenge grant awarded under this section to an eligible institution shall be in an amount which is not less than $50,000 in any fiscal year. (6)(A) An eligible institution may designate a foundation, which was established for the purpose of raising money for the institution, as the recipient of the grant awarded under this section. (B) The Secretary shall not award a grant to a foundation on behalf of an institution unless - (i) the institution assures the Secretary that the foundation is legally authorized to receive the endowment fund corpus and is legally authorized to administer the fund in accordance with this section and any implementing regulation; (ii) the foundation agrees to administer the fund in accordance with the requirements of this section and any implementing regulation; and (iii) the institution agrees to be liable for any violation by the foundation of the provisions of this section and any implementing regulation, including any monetary liability that may arise as a result of such violation. (c) Grant agreement; endowment fund provisions (1) An institution awarded a grant under this section shall enter into an agreement with the Secretary containing satisfactory assurances that it will (A) immediately comply with the matching requirements of subsection (b)(2) of this section, (B) establish an endowment fund independent of any other such fund of the institution, (C) invest the endowment fund corpus, and (D) meet the other requirements of this section. (2)(A) An institution shall invest the endowment fund corpus and endowment fund income in low-risk securities in which a regulated insurance company may invest under the law of the State in which the institution is located such as a federally insured bank savings account or comparable interest-bearing account, certificate of deposit, money market fund, mutual fund, or obligations of the United States. (B) The institution, in investing the endowment fund established under this section, shall exercise the judgment and care, under the circumstances then prevailing, which a person of prudence, discretion, and intelligence would exercise in the management of such person's own affairs. (3)(A) An institution may withdraw and expend the endowment fund income to defray any expenses necessary to the operation of such college, including expenses of operations and maintenance, administration, academic and support personnel, construction and renovation, community and student services programs, and technical assistance. (B)(i) Except as provided in clause (ii), an institution may not spend more than 50 percent of the total aggregate endowment fund income earned prior to the time of expenditure. (ii) The Secretary may permit an institution to spend more than 50 percent of the endowment fund income notwithstanding clause (i) if the institution demonstrates such an expenditure is necessary because of (I) a financial emergency, such as a pending insolvency or temporary liquidity problem; (II) a life-threatening situation occasioned by a natural disaster or arson; or (III) any other unusual occurrence or exigent circumstance. (d) Repayment provisions (1) If at any time an institution withdraws part of the endowment fund corpus, the institution shall repay to the Secretary an amount equal to 50 percent of the withdrawn amount, which represents the Federal share, plus income earned thereon. The Secretary may use such repaid funds to make additional challenge grants, or to increase existing endowment grants, to other eligible institutions. (2) If an institution expends more of the endowment fund income than is permitted under subsection (c) of this section, the institution shall repay the Secretary an amount equal to 50 percent of the amount improperly expended (representing the Federal share thereof). The Secretary may use such repaid fund to make additional challenge grants, or to increase existing challenge grants, to other eligible institutions. (e) Audit information An institution receiving a grant under this section shall provide to the Secretary (or a designee thereof) such information (or access thereto) as may be necessary to audit or examine expenditures made from the endowment fund corpus or income in order to determine compliance with this section. (f) Selection criteria In selecting eligible institutions for grants under this section for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall - (1) give priority to an applicant that is receiving assistance under part A of this subchapter or part B of this subchapter or has received a grant under part A of this subchapter or part B of this subchapter within the 5 fiscal years preceding the fiscal year in which the applicant is applying for a grant under this section; (2) give priority to an applicant with a greater need for such a grant, based on the current market value of the applicant's existing endowment in relation to the number of full-time equivalent students enrolled at such institution; and (3) consider - (A) the effort made by the applicant to build or maintain its existing endowment fund; and (B) the degree to which an applicant proposes to match the grant with nongovernmental funds. (g) Application Any institution which is eligible for assistance under this section may submit to the Secretary a grant application at such time, in such form, and containing such information as the Secretary may prescribe, including a description of the long- and short-term plans for raising and using the funds under this part. Subject to the availability of appropriations to carry out this section and consistent with the requirement of subsection (f) of this section, the Secretary may approve an application for a grant if an institution, in its application, provides adequate assurances that it will comply with the requirements of this section. (h) Termination and recovery provisions (1) After notice and an opportunity for a hearing, the Secretary may terminate and recover a grant awarded under this section if the grantee institution - (A) expends portions of the endowment fund corpus or expends more than the permissible amount of the endowment funds income as prescribed in subsection (c)(3) of this section; (B) fails to invest the endowment fund in accordance with the investment standards set forth in subsection (c)(2) of this section; or (C) fails to properly account to the Secretary concerning the investment and expenditures of the endowment funds. (2) If the Secretary terminates a grant under paragraph (1), the grantee shall return to the Secretary an amount equal to the sum of each original grant under this section plus income earned thereon. The Secretary may use such repaid funds to make additional endowment grants, or to increase existing challenge grants, to other eligible institutions under this part. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 331, formerly Sec. 332, as added Pub. L. 99-498, title III, Sec. 301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1299; amended Pub. L. 100-50, Sec. 2(a)(12), June 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 336; renumbered Sec. 331 and amended Pub. L. 102-325, title III, Sec. 304(a)(3), (b), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 476; Pub. L. 103- 208, Sec. 2(a)(8), (10), (11), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2457, 2458; Pub. L. 105-244, title III, Sec. 305, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1646.) -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS A prior section 331 of Pub. L. 89-329, title III, as added Pub. L. 99-498, title III, Sec. 301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1298, related to establishment of challenge grant program, was classified to section 1064 of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 102-325, Sec. 304(a)(2). A prior section 1065, Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 332, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title III, Sec. 301, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1396, related to applications for challenge grants, prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99-498. Another prior section 1065, Pub. L. 89-329, title IV, Sec. 405, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1234; Pub. L. 90-575, title I, Sec. 101(b)(2), Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1017, related to allotment and reallotment of funds among the States, prior to the general revision of part A of subchapter IV of this chapter by Pub. L. 92- 318, title I, Sec. 131(b)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 247. A prior section 1065a, Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 333, as added Pub. L. 98-95, Sec. 2, Sept. 26, 1983, 97 Stat. 708, established program of matching grants to increase endowments at eligible institutions of higher education, prior to the general revision of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99-498. AMENDMENTS 1998 - Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 305(1), substituted "section 1068h" for "section 1069f". Subsec. (b)(2)(B), (C). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 305(2), added subpars. (B) and (C) and struck out former subpars. (B) and (C) which authorized Secretary to make grants under this part to eligible institutions in amounts which varied depending on amount appropriated in each fiscal year to carry out this part and limited rights of institutions to reapply for grants when amount appropriated was below specified amounts. 1993 - Subsecs. (a)(2)(D), (b)(2)(B), (C), (5). Pub. L. 103-208 realigned margins and in subsec. (b)(5) substituted "An endowment" for "an endowment". 1992 - Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 102-325, Sec. 304(b)(1)(A), struck out "of higher education" after "eligible institutions". Subsec. (a)(2)(D). Pub. L. 102-325, Sec. 304(b)(1)(B), added subpar. (D). Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 102-325, Sec. 304(b)(2), inserted "endowment" before "challenge grants" and struck out "of higher education" after "eligible institutions". Subsec. (b)(2)(B), (C). Pub. L. 102-325, Sec. 304(b)(3), amended subpars. (B) and (C) generally. Prior to amendment, subpars. (B) and (C) read as follows: "(B) In any fiscal year in which the appropriations for this part exceeds $10,000,000, the Secretary may make a grant under this part to an eligible institution of higher education if such institution - "(i) has deposited in its endowment fund established under this section an amount which is equal to one-half of the amount of such grant; and "(ii) applies for a grant in an amount exceeding $1,000,000. "(C) An eligible institution of higher education that is awarded a grant under this section shall not be eligible to reapply for a grant under this section during the 10 years immediately following the period that it received such grant." Subsec. (b)(4)(A). Pub. L. 102-325, Sec. 304(b)(4), substituted "subsection (a)(2)(D) of this section" for "section 1064(a)(1) of this title". Subsec. (b)(4)(B). Pub. L. 102-325, Sec. 304(b)(5), substituted "an endowment challenge grant" for "a challenge grant". Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 102-325, Sec. 304(b)(6), amended par. (5) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (5) read as follows: "Except as provided in paragraph (2)(B), a challenge grant under this section to an eligible institution year shall - "(A) not be less than $50,000 for any fiscal year; and "(B) not be more than (i) $250,000 for fiscal year 1987; or (ii) $500,000 for fiscal year 1988 or any succeeding fiscal year." Subsec. (f)(1). Pub. L. 102-325, Sec. 304(b)(7), amended par. (1) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (1) read as follows: "give priority to an applicant which is a recipient of a grant made under part A or B of this subchapter (or section 1069a of this title) during the academic year in which the applicant is applying for a grant under this section;". Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 102-325, Sec. 304(b)(8), inserted ", including a description of the long- and short-term plans for raising and using the funds under this part" before period at end of first sentence. 1987 - Subsec. (f)(1). Pub. L. 100-50 inserted "(or section 1069a of this title)". EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1998 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 105-244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105-244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105- 244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title. EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1993 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 103-208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102-325, except as otherwise provided, see section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103-208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title. EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1992 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 102-325 effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102-325, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title. EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1987 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 100-50 effective as if enacted as part of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986, Pub. L. 99-498, see section 27 of Pub. L. 100-50, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Part D - Historically Black College and University Capital Financing 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER III - INSTITUTIONAL AID Part D - Historically Black College and University Capital Financing -HEAD- PART D - HISTORICALLY BLACK COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY CAPITAL FINANCING -COD- CODIFICATION Pub. L. 105-244, title III, Sec. 301(a)(3), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, redesignated part B of subchapter VII of this chapter as part D of subchapter III of this chapter. -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS A prior part D, consisting of sections 1066 to 1069, 1069b to 1069d, and 1069f, was redesignated part F (Sec. 1068 et seq.) of this subchapter by Pub. L. 105-244, title III, Sec. 301(a)(1), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1066 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER III - INSTITUTIONAL AID Part D - Historically Black College and University Capital Financing -HEAD- Sec. 1066. Findings -STATUTE- The Congress finds that - (1) a significant part of the Federal mission in education has been to attain equal opportunity in higher education for low- income, educationally disadvantaged Americans and African Americans; (2) the Nation's historically Black colleges and universities have played a prominent role in American history and have an unparalleled record of fostering the development of African American youth by recognizing their potential, enhancing their academic and technical skills, and honing their social and political skills through higher education; (3) the academic and residential facilities on the campuses of all historically Black colleges and universities have suffered from neglect, deferred maintenance and are in need of capital improvements in order to provide appropriate settings for learning and social development through higher education; (4) due to their small enrollments, limited endowments and other financial factors normally considered by lenders in construction financing, historically Black colleges and universities often lack access to the sources of funding necessary to undertake the necessary capital improvements through borrowing and bond financing; (5) despite their track record of long-standing and remarkable institutional longevity and viability, historically Black colleges and universities often lack the financial resources necessary to gain access to traditional sources of capital financing such as bank loans and bond financing; and (6) Federal assistance to facilitate low-cost capital basis for historically Black colleges and universities will enable such colleges and universities to continue and expand their educational mission and enhance their significant role in American higher education. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 341, formerly title VII, Sec. 721, as added Pub. L. 102-325, title VII, Sec. 704, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 741; renumbered title III, Sec. 341, Pub. L. 105-244, title III, Sec. 301(a)(3), (4), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636.) -COD- CODIFICATION Section was formerly classified to section 1132c of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 105-244. -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS A prior section 1066, Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 351, as added Pub. L. 99-498, title III, Sec. 301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1302, and amended, which related to applications for assistance under this subchapter, was renumbered section 391 of Pub. L. 89-329 by Pub. L. 105-244, title III, Sec. 301(a)(2), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, and transferred to section 1068 of this title. Another prior section 1066, Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 341, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title III, Sec. 301, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1396, related to applications for assistance, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99-498. Another prior section 1066, Pub. L. 89-329, title IV, Sec. 406, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1234; Pub. L. 90-575, title I, Sec. 101(b)(2), Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1017, related to allocation of allotted funds to institutions, filing dates for application, criteria for making allocations, additional allocations and payments, prior to the general amendment of part A of subchapter IV of this chapter by Pub. L. 92-318, title I, Sec. 131(b)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 247. EFFECTIVE DATE Part effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102-325, set out as an Effective Date of 1992 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1066a 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER III - INSTITUTIONAL AID Part D - Historically Black College and University Capital Financing -HEAD- Sec. 1066a. Definitions -STATUTE- For the purposes of this part: (1) The term "eligible institution" means a "part B institution" as that term is defined in section 1061(2) of this title. (2) The term "loan" means a loan made to an eligible institution under the provisions of this part and pursuant to an agreement with the Secretary. (3) The term "qualified bond" means any obligation issued by the designated bonding authority at the direction of the Secretary, the net proceeds of which are loaned to an eligible institution for the purposes described in section 1066b(b) of this title. (4) The term "funding" means any payment under this part from the Secretary to the eligible institution or its assignee in fulfillment of the insurance obligations of the Secretary pursuant to an agreement under section 1066b of this title. (5) The term "capital project" means, subject to section 1066c(b) of this title the repair, renovation, or, in exceptional circumstances, the construction or acquisition, of - (A) any classroom facility, library, laboratory facility, dormitory (including dining facilities) or other facility customarily used by colleges and universities for instructional or research purposes or for housing students, faculty, and staff; (B) a facility for the administration of an educational program, or a student center or student union, except that not more than 5 percent of the loan proceeds provided under this part may be used for the facility, center or union if the facility, center or union is owned, leased, managed, or operated by a private business, that, in return for such use, makes a payment to the eligible institution; (C) instructional equipment technology,,(!1) research instrumentation, and any capital equipment or fixture related to facilities described in subparagraph (A); (D) a maintenance, storage, or utility facility that is essential to the operation of a facility, a library, a dormitory, equipment, instrumentation, a fixture, real property or an interest therein, described in this paragraph; (E) a facility designed to provide primarily outpatient health care for students or faculty; (F) physical infrastructure essential to support the projects authorized under this paragraph, including roads, sewer and drainage systems, and water, power, lighting, telecommunications, and other utilities; (G) any other facility, equipment or fixture which is essential to the maintaining of accreditation of the member institution by a nationally recognized accrediting agency or association; and (H) any real property or interest therein underlying facilities described in subparagraph (A) or (G). (6) The term "interest" includes accredited value or any other payment constituting interest on an obligation. (7) The term "outstanding", when used with respect to bonds, shall not include bonds the payment of which shall have been provided for by the irrevocable deposit in trust of obligations maturing as to principal and interest in such amounts and at such times as will ensure the availability of sufficient moneys to make payments on such bonds. (8) The term "designated bonding authority" means the private, for-profit corporation selected by the Secretary pursuant to section 1066d(1) of this title for the purpose of issuing taxable construction bonds in furtherance of the purposes of this part. (9) The term "Advisory Board" means the Advisory Board established by section 1066f of this title. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 342, formerly title VII, Sec. 722, as added Pub. L. 102-325, title VII, Sec. 704, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 742; renumbered title III, Sec. 342, and amended Pub. L. 105- 244, title III, Secs. 301(a)(3), (4), (c)(4), 306(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, 1637, 1646.) -COD- CODIFICATION Section was formerly classified to section 1132c-1 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 105-244. -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS A prior section 342 of Pub. L. 89-329 was classified to section 1067 of this title prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99-498. AMENDMENTS 1998 - Par. (3). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 301(c)(4)(A), substituted "section 1066b(b)" for "section 1132c-2(b)". Par. (4). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 301(c)(4)(B), substituted "section 1066b" for "section 1132c-2". Par. (5). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 301(c)(4)(C), substituted "section 1066c(b)" for "section 1132c-3(b)" in introductory provisions. Par. (5)(B). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 306(a)(2), added subpar. (B). Former subpar. (B) redesignated (C). Par. (5)(C). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 306(a)(1), (3), redesignated subpar. (B) as (C) and inserted "technology," after "instructional equipment". Former subpar. (C) redesignated (G). Par. (5)(D) to (F). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 306(a)(4), added subpars. (D) to (F). Former subpar. (D) redesignated (H). Par. (5)(G). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 306(a)(1), redesignated subpar. (C) as (G). Par. (5)(H). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 306(a)(1), (5), redesignated subpar. (D) as (H) and substituted "(G)" for "(C)". Par. (8). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 301(c)(4)(D), substituted "section 1066d(1)" for "section 1132c-4(1)". Par. (9). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 301(c)(4)(E), substituted "section 1066f" for "section 1132c-6". EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1998 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 105-244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105-244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105- 244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title. -FOOTNOTE- (!1) So in original. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1066b 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER III - INSTITUTIONAL AID Part D - Historically Black College and University Capital Financing -HEAD- Sec. 1066b. Federal insurance for bonds -STATUTE- (a) General rule Subject to the limitations in section 1066c of this title, the Secretary is authorized to enter into insurance agreements to provide financial insurance to guarantee the full payment of principal and interest on qualified bonds upon the conditions set forth in subsections (b), (c) and (d) of this section. (b) Responsibilities of designated bonding authority The Secretary may not enter into an insurance agreement described in subsection (a) of this section unless the Secretary designates a qualified bonding authority in accordance with sections 1066d(1) and 1066e (!1) of this title and the designated bonding authority agrees in such agreement to - (1) use the proceeds of the qualified bonds, less costs of issuance not to exceed 2 percent of the principal amount thereof, to make loans to eligible institutions or for deposit into an escrow account for repayment of the bonds; (2) provide in each loan agreement with respect to a loan that not less than 95 percent of the proceeds of the loan will be used - (A) to finance the repair, renovation, and, in exceptional cases, construction or acquisition, of a capital project; or (B) to refinance an obligation the proceeds of which were used to finance the repair, renovation, and, in exceptional cases, construction or acquisition, of a capital project; (3)(A) charge such interest on loans, and provide for such a schedule of repayments of loans, as will, upon the timely repayment of the loans, provide adequate and timely funds for the payment of principal and interest on the bonds; and (B) require that any payment on a loan expected to be necessary to make a payment of principal and interest on the bonds be due not less than 60 days prior to the date of the payment on the bonds for which such loan payment is expected to be needed; (4) prior to the making of any loan, provide for a credit review of the institution receiving the loan and assure the Secretary that, on the basis of such credit review, it is reasonable to anticipate that the institution receiving the loan will be able to repay the loan in a timely manner pursuant to the terms thereof; (5) provide in each loan agreement with respect to a loan that, if a delinquency on such loan results in a funding under the insurance agreement, the institution obligated on such loan shall repay the Secretary, upon terms to be determined by the Secretary, for such funding; (6) assign any loans to the Secretary, upon the demand of the Secretary, if a delinquency on such loan has required a funding under the insurance agreement; (7) in the event of a delinquency on a loan, engage in such collection efforts as the Secretary shall require for a period of not less than 45 days prior to requesting a funding under the insurance agreement; (8) establish an escrow account - (A) into which each eligible institution shall deposit 5 percent of the proceeds of any loan made under this part, with each eligible institution required to maintain in the escrow account an amount equal to 5 percent of the outstanding principal of all loans made to such institution under this part; and (B) the balance of which - (i) shall be available to the Secretary to pay principal and interest on the bonds in the event of delinquency in loan repayment; and (ii) shall be used to return to an eligible institution an amount equal to any remaining portion of such institution's 5 percent deposit of loan proceeds following scheduled repayment of such institution's loan; (9) provide in each loan agreement with respect to a loan that, if a delinquency on such loan results in amounts being withdrawn from the escrow account to pay principal and interest on bonds, subsequent payments on such loan shall be available to replenish such escrow account; (10) comply with the limitations set forth in section 1066c of this title; and (11) make loans only to eligible institutions under this part in accordance with conditions prescribed by the Secretary to ensure that loans are fairly allocated among as many eligible institutions as possible, consistent with making loans of amounts that will permit capital projects of sufficient size and scope to significantly contribute to the educational program of the eligible institutions. (c) Additional agreement provisions Any insurance agreement described in subsection (a) of this section shall provide as follows: (1) The payment of principal and interest on bonds shall be insured by the Secretary until such time as such bonds have been retired or canceled. (2) The Federal liability for delinquencies and default for bonds guaranteed under this part shall only become effective upon the exhaustion of all the funds held in the escrow account described in subsection (b)(8) of this section. (3) The Secretary shall create a letter of credit authorizing the Department of the Treasury to disburse funds to the designated bonding authority or its assignee. (4) The letter of credit shall be drawn upon in the amount determined by paragraph (5) of this subsection upon the certification of the designated bonding authority to the Secretary or the Secretary's designee that there is a delinquency on 1 or more loans and there are insufficient funds available from loan repayments and the escrow account to make a scheduled payment of principal and interest on the bonds. (5) Upon receipt by the Secretary or the Secretary's designee of the certification described in paragraph (4) of this subsection, the designated bonding authority may draw a funding under the letter of credit in an amount equal to - (A) the amount required to make the next scheduled payment of principal and interest on the bonds, less (B) the amount available to the designated bonding authority from loan repayments and the escrow account. (6) All funds provided under the letter of credit shall be paid to the designated bonding authority within 2 business days following receipt of the certification described in paragraph (4). (d) Full faith and credit provisions Subject to subsection (c)(1) of this section the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged to the payment of all funds which may be required to be paid under the provisions of this section. (e) Sale of bonds Notwithstanding any other provision of law, a qualified bond guaranteed under this part may be sold to any party that offers terms that the Secretary determines are in the best interest of the eligible institution. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 343, formerly title VII, Sec. 723, as added Pub. L. 102-325, title VII, Sec. 704, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 743; amended Pub. L. 103-382, title III, Sec. 360C, Oct. 20, 1994, 108 Stat. 3972; renumbered title III, Sec. 343, and amended Pub. L. 105-244, title III, Secs. 301(a)(3), (4), (c)(5), 306(b), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, 1637, 1646.) -REFTEXT- REFERENCES IN TEXT Section 1066e of this title, referred to in subsec. (b), was repealed by Pub. L. 105-244, title III, Sec. 306(d), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1647. -COD- CODIFICATION Section was formerly classified to section 1132c-2 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 105-244. -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS A prior section 343 of Pub. L. 89-329 was classified to section 1068 of this title prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99-498. AMENDMENTS 1998 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 301(c)(5)(A), substituted "section 1066c" for "section 1132c-3". Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 301(c)(5)(B)(i), substituted "sections 1066d(1) and 1066e" for "sections 1132c-4(1) and 1132c-5" in introductory provisions. Subsec. (b)(8). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 306(b)(1), substituted "5 percent" for "10 percent" wherever appearing. Subsec. (b)(10). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 301(c)(5)(B)(ii), substituted "section 1066c" for "section 1132c-3". Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 301(c)(5)(B)(iii), made technical amendment to reference in original act which appears in text as reference to subsection (c)(1) of this section. Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 306(b)(2), added subsec. (e). 1994 - Subsec. (b)(8)(A). Pub. L. 103-382, Sec. 360C(1)(A), inserted before semicolon ", with each eligible institution required to maintain in the escrow account an amount equal to 10 percent of the outstanding principal of all loans made to such institution under this part". Subsec. (b)(8)(B)(ii). Pub. L. 103-382, Sec. 360C(1)(B), amended cl. (ii) generally. Prior to amendment, cl. (ii) read as follows: "when all bonds under this part are retired or canceled, shall be divided among the eligible institutions making deposits into such account on the basis of the amount of each such institution's deposit;". Subsec. (b)(11). Pub. L. 103-382, Sec. 360C(2), substituted "conditions" for "regulations". EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1998 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 105-244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105-244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105- 244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title. -FOOTNOTE- (!1) See References in Text note below. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1066c 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER III - INSTITUTIONAL AID Part D - Historically Black College and University Capital Financing -HEAD- Sec. 1066c. Limitations on Federal insurance for bonds issued by designated bonding authority -STATUTE- (a) Limit on amount At no time shall the aggregate principal amount of outstanding bonds insured under this part together with any accrued unpaid interest thereon exceed $375,000,000, of which - (1) not more than $250,000,000 shall be used for loans to eligible institutions that are private historically Black colleges and universities; and (2) not more than $125,000,000 shall be used for loans to eligible institutions which are historically Black public colleges and universities. For purposes of paragraphs (1) and (2), Lincoln University of Pennsylvania is an historically Black public institution. No institution of higher education that has received assistance under section 123 of this title shall be eligible to receive assistance under this part. (b) Limitation on credit authority The authority of the Secretary to issue letters of credit and insurance under this part is effective only to the extent provided in advance by appropriations Acts. (c) Religious activity prohibition No loan may be made under this part for any educational program, activity or service related to sectarian instruction or religious worship or provided by a school or department of divinity or to an institution in which a substantial portion of its functions is subsumed in a religious mission. (d) Discrimination prohibition No loan may be made to an institution under this part if the institution discriminates on account of race, color, religion, national origin, sex (to the extent provided in title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 [20 U.S.C. 1681 et seq.]), or disabling condition; except that the prohibition with respect to religion shall not apply to an institution which is controlled by or which is closely identified with the tenets of a particular religious organization if the application of this section would not be consistent with the religious tenets of such organization. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 344, formerly title VII, Sec. 724, as added Pub. L. 102-325, title VII, Sec. 704, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 745; renumbered title III, Sec. 344, Pub. L. 105-244, title III, Sec. 301(a)(3), (4), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636.) -REFTEXT- REFERENCES IN TEXT The Education Amendments of 1972, referred to in subsec. (d), is Pub. L. 92-318, June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 235, as amended. Title IX of the Act, known as the Patsy Takemoto Mink Equal Opportunity in Education Act, is classified principally to chapter 38 (Sec. 1681 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of title IX to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1681 of this title and Tables. -COD- CODIFICATION Section was formerly classified to section 1132c-3 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 105-244. -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS A prior section 344 of Pub. L. 89-329 was classified to section 1069 of this title prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99-498. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1066d 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER III - INSTITUTIONAL AID Part D - Historically Black College and University Capital Financing -HEAD- Sec. 1066d. Authority of Secretary -STATUTE- In the performance of, and with respect to, the functions vested in the Secretary by this part, the Secretary - (1) shall, within 120 days of July 23, 1992, publish in the Federal Register a notice and request for proposals for any private for-profit organization or entity wishing to serve as the designated bonding authority under this part, which notice shall - (A) specify the time and manner for submission of proposals; and (B) specify any information, qualifications, criteria, or standards the Secretary determines to be necessary to evaluate the financial capacity and administrative capability of any applicant to carry out the responsibilities of the designated bonding authority under this part; (2) shall require that the first loans for capital projects authorized under section 1066b of this title be made no later than March 31, 1994; (3) may sue and be sued in any court of record of a State having general jurisdiction or in any district court of the United States, and such district courts shall have jurisdiction of civil actions arising under this part without regard to the amount in controversy, and any action instituted under this part without regard to the amount in controversy, and any action instituted under this section by or against the Secretary shall survive notwithstanding any change in the person occupying the office of the Secretary or any vacancy in such office; (4)(A) may foreclose on any property and bid for and purchase at any foreclosure, or any other sale, any property in connection with which the Secretary has been assigned a loan pursuant to this part; and (B) in the event of such an acquisition, notwithstanding any other provisions of law relating to the acquisition, handling, or disposal of real property by the United States, complete, administer, remodel and convert, dispose of, lease, and otherwise deal with, such property, except that - (i) such action shall not preclude any other action by the Secretary to recover any deficiency in the amount of a loan assigned to the Secretary; and (ii) any such acquisition of real property shall not deprive any State or political subdivision thereof of its civil or criminal jurisdiction in and over such property or impair the civil rights under the State or local laws of the inhabitants on such property; (5) may sell, exchange, or lease real or personal property and securities or obligations; (6) may include in any contract such other covenants, conditions, or provisions necessary to ensure that the purposes of this part will be achieved; and (7) may, directly or by grant or contract, provide technical assistance to eligible institutions to prepare the institutions to qualify, apply for, and maintain a capital improvement loan, including a loan under this part. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 345, formerly title VII, Sec. 725, as added Pub. L. 102-325, title VII, Sec. 704, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 745; amended Pub. L. 103-208, Sec. 2(j)(16), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2481; renumbered title III, Sec. 345, and amended Pub. L. 105-244, title III, Secs. 301(a)(3), (4), (c)(6), 306(c), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, 1637, 1647.) -COD- CODIFICATION Section was formerly classified to section 1132c-4 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 105-244. -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS A prior section 345 of Pub. L. 89-329 was classified to section 1069a of this title prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99-498. AMENDMENTS 1998 - Par. (2). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 301(c)(6), substituted "section 1066b" for "section 1132c-2". Par. (7). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 306(c), added par. (7). 1993 - Pars. (2) to (6). Pub. L. 103-208 added par. (2) and redesignated former pars. (2) to (5) as (3) to (6), respectively. EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1998 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 105-244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105-244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105- 244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title. EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1993 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 103-208 effective as if included in the Higher Education Amendments of 1992, Pub. L. 102-325, except as otherwise provided, see section 5(a) of Pub. L. 103-208, set out as a note under section 1051 of this title. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1066e 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER III - INSTITUTIONAL AID Part D - Historically Black College and University Capital Financing -HEAD- Sec. 1066e. Repealed. -MISC1- Sec. 1066e. Repealed. Pub. L. 105-244, title III, Sec. 306(d), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1647. Section, Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 346, formerly title VII, Sec. 726, as added Pub. L. 102-325, title VII, Sec. 704, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 746; amended Pub. L. 103-208, Sec. 2(j)(17), Dec. 20, 1993, 107 Stat. 2481; renumbered title III, Sec. 346, Pub. L. 105-244, title III, Sec. 301(a)(3), (4), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, prohibited institution receiving a loan under this part from receiving grant under former part A of subchapter VII of this chapter. -COD- CODIFICATION Section was formerly classified to section 1132c-5 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 105-244. -MISC1- EFFECTIVE DATE OF REPEAL Repeal effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105-244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105-244, set out as an Effective Date of 1998 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1066f 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER III - INSTITUTIONAL AID Part D - Historically Black College and University Capital Financing -HEAD- Sec. 1066f. HBCU Capital Financing Advisory Board -STATUTE- (a) Establishment and purpose There is established within the Department of Education, the Historically Black College and Universities Capital Financing Advisory Board (hereinafter in this part referred to as the "Advisory Board") which shall provide advice and counsel to the Secretary and the designated bonding authority as to the most effective and efficient means of implementing construction financing on African American college campuses, and advise the Congress of the United States regarding the progress made in implementing this part. The Advisory Board shall meet with the Secretary at least twice each year to advise him as to the capital needs of historically Black colleges and universities, how those needs can be met through the program authorized by this part, and what additional steps might be taken to improve the operation and implementation of the construction financing program. (b) Board membership (1) Composition The Advisory Board shall be appointed by the Secretary and shall be composed of 9 members as follows: (A) The Secretary or the Secretary's designee. (B) Three members who are presidents of private historically Black colleges or universities. (C) Two members who are presidents of public historically Black colleges or universities. (D) The president of the United Negro College Fund, Inc., or the president's designee. (E) The president of the National Association for Equal Opportunity in Higher Education, or the designee of the Association. (F) The executive director of the White House Initiative on historically Black colleges and universities. (2) Terms The term of office of each member appointed under paragraphs (1)(B) and (1)(C) shall be 3 years, except that - (A) of the members first appointed pursuant to paragraphs (1)(B) and (1)(C), 2 shall be appointed for terms of 1 year, and 3 shall be appointed for terms of 2 years; (B) members appointed to fill a vacancy occurring before the expiration of a term of a member shall be appointed to serve the remainder of that term; and (C) a member may continue to serve after the expiration of a term until a successor is appointed. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 347, formerly title VII, Sec. 727, as added Pub. L. 102-325, title VII, Sec. 704, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 746; renumbered title III, Sec. 347, and amended Pub. L. 105- 244, title III, Secs. 301(a)(3), (4), 306(e), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, 1647.) -COD- CODIFICATION Section was formerly classified to section 1132c-6 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 105-244. -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS A prior section 347 of Pub. L. 89-329 was classified to section 1069c of this title prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99-498. AMENDMENTS 1998 - Subsec. (b)(1)(D). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 306(e)(1)(A), inserted ", or the president's designee." after "Fund, Inc." Subsec. (b)(1)(E). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 306(e)(1)(B), inserted ", or the designee of the Association" before the period. Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 306(e)(2), struck out heading and text of subsec. (c). Text read as follows: "There are authorized to be appropriated $50,000 for fiscal year 1993 and each of the 4 succeeding fiscal years to carry out this section." EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1998 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 105-244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105-244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105- 244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title. TERMINATION OF ADVISORY BOARDS Advisory boards established after Jan. 5, 1973, to terminate not later than the expiration of the 2-year period beginning on the date of their establishment, unless, in the case of a board established by the President or an officer of the Federal Government, such board is renewed by appropriate action prior to the expiration of such 2-year period, or in the case of a board established by Congress, its duration is otherwise provided by law. See sections 3(2) and 14 of Pub. L. 92-463, Oct. 6, 1972, 86 Stat. 770, 776, set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1066g 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER III - INSTITUTIONAL AID Part D - Historically Black College and University Capital Financing -HEAD- Sec. 1066g. Minority business enterprise utilization -STATUTE- In the performance of and with respect to the Secretary's effectuation of his responsibilities under section 1066d(1) of this title and to the maximum extent feasible in the implementation of the purposes of this part, minority business persons, including bond underwriters and credit enhancers, bond counsel, marketers, accountants, advisors, construction contractors, and managers should be utilized. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 348, formerly title VII, Sec. 728, as added Pub. L. 102-325, title VII, Sec. 704, July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 747; renumbered title III, Sec. 348, and amended Pub. L. 105- 244, title III, Sec. 301(a)(3), (4), (c)(7), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, 1637.) -COD- CODIFICATION Section was formerly classified to section 1132c-7 of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 105-244. -MISC1- AMENDMENTS 1998 - Pub. L. 105-244, Sec. 301(c)(7), substituted "section 1066d(1)" for "section 1132c-4(1)". EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1998 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 105-244 effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105-244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105- 244, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Part E - Minority Science and Engineering Improvement Program 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER III - INSTITUTIONAL AID Part E - Minority Science and Engineering Improvement Program -HEAD- PART E - MINORITY SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM -End- -CITE- 20 USC subpart 1 - minority science and engineering improvement program 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER III - INSTITUTIONAL AID Part E - Minority Science and Engineering Improvement Program subpart 1 - minority science and engineering improvement program -HEAD- SUBPART 1 - MINORITY SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM -COD- CODIFICATION Pub. L. 105-244, title III, Secs. 301(a)(5), 307(d), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, 1648, redesignated subpart 1 (Sec. 1135b et seq.) of part B of subchapter X of this chapter as subpart 1 of part E of subchapter III of this chapter and inserted "and engineering" before "improvement program" in heading. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1067 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER III - INSTITUTIONAL AID Part E - Minority Science and Engineering Improvement Program subpart 1 - minority science and engineering improvement program -HEAD- Sec. 1067. Findings -STATUTE- Congress makes the following findings: (1) It is incumbent on the Federal Government to support the technological and economic competitiveness of the United States by improving and expanding the scientific and technological capacity of the United States. More and better prepared scientists, engineers, and technical experts are needed to improve and expand such capacity. (2) As the Nation's population becomes more diverse, it is important that the educational and training needs of all Americans are met. Underrepresentation of minorities in science and technological fields diminishes our Nation's competitiveness by impairing the quantity of well prepared scientists, engineers, and technical experts in these fields. (3) Despite significant limitations in resources, minority institutions provide an important educational opportunity for minority students, particularly in science and engineering fields. Aid to minority institutions is a good way to address the underrepresentation of minorities in science and technological fields. (4) There is a strong Federal interest in improving science and engineering programs at minority institutions as such programs lag behind in program offerings and in student enrollment compared to such programs at other institutions of higher education. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 350, as added Pub. L. 105-244, title III, Sec. 307(a), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1647.) -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS A prior section 1067, Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 352, as added Pub. L. 99-498, title III, Sec. 301(a), Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1304, and amended, which related to waiver authority and reporting requirement, was renumbered section 392 of Pub. L. 89-329 by Pub. L. 105-244, title III, Sec. 301(a)(2), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636, and transferred to section 1068a of this title. Another prior section 1067, Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 342, as added Pub. L. 96-374, title III, Sec. 301, Oct. 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 1398, set waiver authority and reporting requirements for this part, prior to the general amendment of this subchapter by Pub. L. 99-498. Another prior section 1067, Pub. L. 89-329, title IV, Sec. 407, Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1234; Pub. L. 90-575, title I, Secs. 101(b)(2), 103, 104, Oct. 16, 1968, 82 Stat. 1017, 1018, related to agreements with institutions, required provisions and use of funds as additional Federal capital contribution for student loan fund, prior to the general amendment of part A of subchapter IV of this chapter by Pub. L. 92-318, title I, Sec. 131(b)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 247. EFFECTIVE DATE Section effective Oct. 1, 1998, except as otherwise provided in Pub. L. 105-244, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105-244, set out as an Effective Date of 1998 Amendment note under section 1001 of this title. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1067a 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER III - INSTITUTIONAL AID Part E - Minority Science and Engineering Improvement Program subpart 1 - minority science and engineering improvement program -HEAD- Sec. 1067a. Purpose; authority -STATUTE- (a) Congressional declaration of purpose It is the purpose of this subpart to continue the authority of the Department to operate the Minority Institutions Science Improvement Program created under section 1862(a)(1) of title 42 and transferred to the Department by section 3444(a)(1) (!1) of this title. (b) Grant authority The Secretary shall, in accordance with the provisions of this subpart, carry out a program of making grants to institutions of higher education that are designed to effect long-range improvement in science and engineering education at predominantly minority institutions and to increase the participation of underrepresented ethnic minorities, particularly minority women, in scientific and technological careers. -SOURCE- (Pub. L. 89-329, title III, Sec. 351, formerly title X, Sec. 1021, as added Pub. L. 99-498, title X, Sec. 1002, Oct. 17, 1986, 100 Stat. 1561; amended Pub. L. 102-325, title X, Sec. 1002(a), July 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 780; renumbered title III, Sec. 351, Pub. L. 105-244, title III, Sec. 301(a)(5), (7), Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1636.) -REFTEXT- REFERENCES IN TEXT Section 3444(a)(1) of this title, referred to in subsec. (a), was in the original a reference to section 304(a)(1) of the Department of Education Organization Act of 1979. Sections 304 and 305 of that Act were renumbered as sections 303 and 304, respectively, by Pub. L. 103-382, title II, Sec. 271(a)(2), Oct. 20, 1994, 108 Stat. 3929, and are classified to sections 3444 and 3445, respectively, of this title. -COD- CODIFICATION Section was formerly classified to section 1135b of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 105-244. -MISC1- PRIOR PROVISIONS A prior section 351 of Pub. L. 89-329 was renumbered section 391 and is classified to section 1068 of this title. AMENDMENTS 1992 - Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 102-325 inserted ", particularly minority women," after "ethnic minorities". EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1992 AMENDMENT Amendment by Pub. L. 102-325 effective Oct. 1, 1992, see section 2 of Pub. L. 102-325, set out as a note under section 1001 of this title. -FOOTNOTE- (!1) See References in Text note below. -End- -CITE- 20 USC Sec. 1067b 01/08/2008 -EXPCITE- TITLE 20 - EDUCATION CHAPTER 28 - HIGHER EDUCATION RESOURCES AND STUDENT ASSISTANCE SUBCHAPTER III - INSTITUTIONAL AID Part E - Minority Science and Engineering Improvement Program subpart 1 - minority science and engineering improvement program -HEAD- Sec. 1067b. Grant recipient selection -STATUTE- (a) Establishment of criteria Grants under this subpart shall be awarded on the basis of criteria established by the Secretary by regulations. (b) Pr